foreword - just give me the damn manual · the srs airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in...

i 2003 MR2 from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM17511U)

Foreword

Welcome to the growing group of value–conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering andquality construction of each vehicle we build.

This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupantsfollow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble–free motoring. Forimportant information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.

When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle best and is interested in your completesatisfaction. He will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.

If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, or you need emergency assistance for any reason, please call the following number:

� U.S. OWNERS: Toyota Customer Assistance Center Toll–free:1–800–331–4331

Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.

All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy ofcontinual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.

Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you mayfind some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

2003 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATIONAll rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of ToyotaMotor Corporation.

03 07.07

i 2003 MR2 from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM17511U)

Foreword

Welcome to the growing group of value- conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering andquality construction of each vehicle we build.

This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupantsfollow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble- free motoring. Forimportant information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.

When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle best and is interested in your completesatisfaction. He will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.

If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, or you need emergency assistance for any reason, please call the following number:

� U.S. OWNERS: Toyota Customer Assistance Center Toll- free:1- 800- 331- 4331

Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.

All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy ofcontinual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.

Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you mayfind some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

2003 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATIONAll rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of ToyotaMotor Corporation.

03 07.07

ii2003 MR2 from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM17511U)

Important information about this manual

Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicledamage warnings. You must follow these warnings carefullyto avoid possible injury or damage.

The types of warnings, what they look like, and how theyare used in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION

This is a warning against anything which may causeinjury to people if the warning is ignored. You areinformed about what you must or must not do inorder to reduce the risk of injury to yourself andothers.

NOTICE

This is a warning against anything which may causedamage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warningis ignored. You are informed about what you must ormust not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk ofdamage to your vehicle and its equipment.

Safety symbol

When you see the safety symbolshown above, it means: “Do not”; “Donot do this”; or “Do not let thishappen”.

03 07.07

iii2003 MR2 from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM17511U)

Important information about your Toyota

Occupant restraint systems

Toyota encourages you and your family to take the timeto read Section 1–3 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. Interms of helping you understand how you can receivethe maximum benefit of the occupant restraint systemsthis vehicle provides, Section 1–3 of this Owner’s Manu-al is the most important section for you and your familyto read.

Section 1–3 describes the function and operation con-cerning seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child re-straint systems of this vehicle and some potential haz-ards you should be aware of. These systems work to-gether along with the overall structure of this vehicle inorder to provide occupant restraint in the event of acrash. The effect of each system is enhanced when it isused properly and together with other systems. Nosingle occupant restraint system can, by itself, provideyou or your family with the equal level of restraintwhich these systems can provide when used together.That is why it is important for you and your family tounderstand the purpose and proper use of each of thesesystems and how they relate to each other.

The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to helpreduce the possibility of death or serious injury in theevent of a collision. None of these systems, either indi-vidually or together, can ensure that there is no injuryin the event of collision. However, the more you knowabout these systems and how to use them properly, thegreater your chances become of surviving an accidentwithout death or serious injury.

Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupantsof the vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle shouldwear seat belts properly at all times. Children shouldalways be secured in child restraint systems that areappropriate for their age and size. SRS (SupplementalRestraint System) airbags are, as their names imply,designed to work with, and be supplemental to, seatbelts and are not substitutes for them. SRS airbags canbe very effective in reducing the risk of head and chestinjuries by preventing contact of the head and chestwith interior portions of the vehicle.

03 07.07

iv2003 MR2 from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM17511U)

In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploywith tremendous speed. The rapid deployment of theSRS airbags makes the SRS airbags themselves poten-tial sources of serious injury if an occupant is too closeto an airbag, or if an object or some part of his or herbody has been placed between the occupant and theairbag at the time of deployment. This is just one exam-ple of how the instructions in Section 1–3 of this Own-er’s Manual will help ensure proper use of the occupantrestraint systems, and increase the safety they can pro-vide to you and your family in the event of an accident.

Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Sec-tion 1–3 carefully and refer to them as needed duringyour time of ownership of this vehicle.

New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyotalimited warranties:

� New vehicle warranty

� Emission control systems warranty

� Others

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’sWarranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.

Your responsibility formaintenance

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that thespecified maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives de-tails of these maintenance requirements. Also includedin Section 6 is general maintenance. For scheduledmaintenance information, please refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

03 07.07

v2003 MR2 from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM17511U)

Accessories, spare parts andmodification of your Toyota

A wide variety of non–genuine spare parts and accesso-ries for Toyota vehicles are currently available in themarket. You should know that Toyota does not warrantthese products and is not responsible for their perfor-mance, repair, or replacement, or for any damage theymay cause to, or adverse effect they may have on,your Toyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with non–genuineToyota products. Modification with non–genuine Toyotaproducts could affect its performance, safety or durabili-ty, and may even violate governmental regulations. Inaddition, damage or performance problems resulting fromthe modification may not be covered under warranty.

Installation of a mobiletwo–way radio system

As the installation of a mobile two–way radio system inyour vehicle could affect electronic systems such asmultiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuelinjection system, cruise control system, anti–lock brakesystem, SRS airbag system and seat belt pretensionersystem, be sure to check with your Toyota dealer forprecautionary measures or special instructions regardinginstallation.

03 07.07

vi2003 MR2 from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM17511U)

Tires and loading on your Toyota

Underinflated or overinflated tire inflation pres-sure and the excess load may result in thedeterioration of steering ability and braking abil-ity, leading to an accident. Check the tire infla-tion pressure periodically and be sure to keepthe load limits given in this Owner’s Manual.For details about tire inflation pressure andload limits, see pages 211 and 149.

Scrapping of your Toyota

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices inyour Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicleis scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left asthey are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Besure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seatbelt pretensioner removed and disposed of by a qualifiedservice shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dis-pose of your vehicle.

Sequential manualtransmission driving tips

(Models equipped with Sequential Manual

Transmission only)

The sequential manual transmission is a 6–speed forward/reverse transmission. With the basics of the traditionalmanual transmission, the clutch operation and transmissionshifting is controlled electronically. Unlike automatic trans-missions, this system does not upshift automatically at thetime of acceleration.

To understand the unique system and operation method ofthe sequential manual transmission, read Section 1–6 onpage 85 thoroughly before driving. For starting procedures,see “How to start the engine— ” on page 154 in Section 3.Please refer to the “Important Information For YourSequential Manual Transmission” equipped in your vehicleas well.

03 07.07

2003 MR2 from Aug. ’03 Prod. (OM17511U)

03 07.07

C

Publication No. OM17511UPart No. 01999-17511Printed in Japan 01–0308–00

MR2( U)

Quick index

� If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 77. . . .

� If your vehicle will not start 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your engine stalls while driving 165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle overheats 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If you have a flat tire 167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle needs to be towed 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Tips for driving during break–in period 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� How to start the engine 154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� General maintenance 193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Complete index NO TAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas station information

Fuel type:

UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher

See page 130 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity: 48 L (12.7 gal., 10.6 lmp. gal.)

Engine oil: API grade SL “Energy–Conserving” or ILSAC multigrade engine oilis recommended.

See page 206 for detailed information.

Tire information: See pages 211 through 219.

Tire pressure: See page 242.

U−6


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOverview of instruments and controlsInstrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument cluster overview 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 1– 1


Instrument panel overview1. Side vents

2. Instrument cluster

3. Center vents

4. Interior light

5. Glove box

6. Manual transmission gear shift lever orsequential manual transmission selectorlever

7. Parking brake lever

8. Power window switches

9. Power rear view mirror control switches

10. Power window lock switch

11. Power door lock switch

12. Front fog light switch

13. Instrument panel light control switch

03 07.07

SB11025b


1. Headlight and turn signal switches

2. Transmission shift switches (with sequential manual transmission)

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Clock

5. Rear window defogger switch

6. Emergency flasher switch

7. Auxiliary box

8. Engine immobilizer system indicator light

9. Air conditioning controls

10. Car audio

11. Cup holders

12. Ashtray

13. Cigarette lighter

14. Cruise control switch (sequential manual transmission)

15. Ignition switch

16. Tilt steering lock release lever

03 07.07

SB11022a


Instrument cluster overview

SB11023a

1. Speedometer

2. Service reminder indicators and indica-tor lights

3. Gear position indicators (sequential manual transmission)

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Low fuel level warning light

6. Fuel gauge

7. Tachometer

8. Trip meter reset knob

9. Odometer and two trip meters

03 07.07


Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

SRS warning light∗1Brake system warning light∗1

Discharge warning light∗1

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Anti–lock brake system warning light∗1

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Headlight high beam indicator light

Turn signal indicator lights

Power steering system warning light∗1

∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers” on page 77 in Section 1–5.

∗2: If this light flashes, see “Sequential manual transmission” onpage 85 in Section 1–6.

∗3: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” on page 98 in Sec-tion 1–6.

Passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1 Sequential manual transmission warning light∗1

Cruise control indicator light∗3

Open door warning light∗1

Gear position indicator light∗2

03 07.07


03 07.07


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOther equipmentClock 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cigarette lighter and ashtray 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glove box 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front box 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary box 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage space 125. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cup holders 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor mat 128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 1– 10


Clock

SB19015

The digital clock indicates the time.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position.

To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.

If quick adjustment to a full hour is de-sired, push the “:00” button.

For example, if the “:00” button is de-pressed when the time is between1:01—1:29, the time will change to 1:00.If the time is between 1:30—1:59, thetime will change to 2:00.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the clock, the time dis-play will automatically be set to 1:00 (oneo’clock).

When the instrument panel lights areturned on, the brightness of the time indi-cation will be reduced.

Cigarette lighter and ashtray

SB19016

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

To use the cigarette lighter, press it in.After it finishes heating up, it automati-cally pops out ready for use.

If the engine is not running, the key mustbe in the “ACC” position to use the light-er.

Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin.

Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter orequivalent for replacement.

03 07.07


ASHTRAY

To use the ashtray, pull out the lid.

When finished with your cigarette, thor-oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to pre-vent other cigarette butts from catchingfire. After using the ashtray, close the lidcompletely.

To remove the ashtray, pull the lid andpull it out.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or sudden stopwhile driving, always completely closethe ashtray after use.

Glove box

SB19026

To use the glove box, do this.

To open: Compress the lock release but-tons.

To lock: Insert the master key and turn itclockwise.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorclosed while driving.

Front box

SB41047

To use the front box in the trunk, dothis.

1. Open the trunk lid, and pull the lockrelease lever.

03 07.07


SB19031a

2. Fix the cover by hitching the inside clipon the hood.

NOTICE

� Do not place valuables in the frontbox to prevent robbery.

� Do not place anything which weighsover 5 kg (11 lb.) in the front box.If something weighs over 5 kg (11lb.) is placed in the front box whiledriving, the front box may be dam-aged.

� Be sure to lock the cover securelywhen you close the trunk lid. If thecover is not securely locked, it maycause damage to the trunk lid.

SB19018

Front of vehicle

DRAINAGE OF THE FRONT BOX

In case that the water is pooled inside thefront box, remove the grommet on thebottom of the box to drain the water.

NOTICE

Since the front box is not waterproofcompletely, it is possible for thethings stored in the box to thedrenched.

Auxiliary box

SB19019

Instrument panel

To use the box, open it as shown inthe illustration.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the auxiliary box closedwhile driving.

03 07.07


NOTICE

During hot weather, the interior of thevehicle becomes very hot. Do notleave anything flammable or deform-able such as a lighter, glasses, etc.inside.

Luggage space

SB19027a

Lean the seatback forward to use theluggage space.

To open: Pull the lever.

To lock: Insert the master key and turn itclockwise.

SB12059a

Folding board

Flare

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the luggage space doorclosed while driving.

03 07.07


NOTICE

� Do not place valuables in the lug-gage space to prevent robbery.

� Do not lower the soft top whileplacing a luggage which is higherthan the bottom edge of the flareinside the luggage space.The luggage may be damaged byhitting the folding board or the im-properly folded soft top may flap inthe wind and cause an accident.

SB19030

When you load a long luggage

Remove the side trims on the both sidesin the luggage space when you need toload a long luggage (except taperedthings) such as a golf bag. The side trims can be removed by pullingthe clips (at two places).

SB19029

Removing the side trims

SB19028

Installing the side trims

03 07.07


NOTICE

� Do not place tapered things or along luggage into the luggagespace. That may damage the waterreceiving bag installed behind theside trims.

� Do not lower the soft top with along luggage loaded. The luggagemay touch the lower portion of thesoft top side rails and may be dam-aged.

� Never remove the side trims exceptwhen loading a long luggage. Other-wise, the luggage may move whiledriving and damage the water re-ceiving bag or the luggage may bedamaged when the soft top isopened.

Cup holders

SB19013

Front

SB19014

Center console

The cup holders are designed for hold-ing cups or drink–cans securely in itsholes.

Front: To use the cup holders, pull themout.

CAUTION

� Do not place anything else otherthan cups or drink–cans in the cupholders, as such items may bethrown about in the compartmentand possibly injure people in thevehicle during sudden braking or anaccident.

� Front only: To reduce the chance ofinjury in case of an accident or asudden stop while driving, keep thecup holder closed when it is not inuse.

03 07.07


Floor mat

SB19023a

Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the floor carpet and floor mat have twoholes, then it is designed for use with twolocking clips. Fix the floor mat with lock-ing clip into the holes in the floor carpet.

SB19022

CAUTION

Make sure the floor mat is properlyplaced on the floor carpet. If the floormat slips and interferes with themovement of the pedals during driv-ing, it may cause an accident.

03 07.07


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSKeys and DoorsKeys 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine immobilizer system 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side doors 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power windows 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trunk lid 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine hood 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel tank cap 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Soft top 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 1– 2


Keys

SB12039

Your vehicle is supplied with two kindsof keys.

1. Master keys (black)—These keys workin every lock. Your Toyota dealer willneed one of them to make a new keywith a built–in transponder chip.

2. Sub key (gray)—This key will not workin the glove box and luggage space.

A transponder chip for engine immobilizersystem has been placed in the head ofthe master and sub keys. These chips areneeded to enable the system to functioncorrectly, so be careful not to lose thesekeys. If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the systemor start the engine.

To protect items locked in the glove boxor luggage space when using valet park-ing, leave the sub key with the attendant.

Since the doors can be locked without akey, you should always carry a sparemaster key in case you accidentally lockyour keys inside the vehicle.

SY12001

NOTICE

When using a key containing a trans-ponder chip, observe the followingprecautions:

� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with a key ring restingon the key grip and do not pressthe key ring against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts.

03 07.07


SY12002a

� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with other transponderkeys around (including keys of oth-er vehicles) and do not press otherkey plates against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts. Ifthis happens, remove the key onceand then insert it again after remov-ing other transponder keys (includ-ing keys of other vehicles) from thering or while gripping or coveringthem with your hand to start theengine.

SY12003

� Do not bend the key grip.

� Do not cover the key grip with anymaterial that cuts off electromagnet-ic waves.

� Do not knock the key hard againstother objects.

� Do not leave the key exposed tohigh temperatures for a long period,such as on the dashboard and hoodunder the direct sunlight.

� Do not put the key in water orwash it in an ultrasonic washer.

� Do not use the key with electromag-netic materials.

03 07.07


SB12040

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend writing down the key num-ber and storing it in a safe place.

Engine immobilizer system

SB12047

The engine immobilizer system is atheft prevention system. When you in-sert the key in the ignition switch, thetransponder chip in the key’s headtransmits an electronic code to the ve-hicle. The engine will start only whenthe electronic code in the chip corre-sponds to the registered ID code forthe vehicle.

SB12092

The system is automatically set when thekey is removed from the ignition switch.The indicator light will start flashing toshow the system is set.

If either of the following indicator condi-tions occurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

� The indicator light stays on.

� The indicator light does not start flash-ing when the key is removed from theignition switch.

� The indicator light flashes unsteady.

Inserting the registered key in the ignitionswitch automatically cancels the system,which enables the engine to start. Theindicator light will go off.

03 07.07


For your Toyota dealer to make you anew key with built–in transponder chip,your dealer will need your key numberand master key. However, there is a limitto the number of additional keys yourToyota dealer can make for you.

If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the sys-tem or start the engine.

NOTICE

Do not modify, remove or disas-semble the engine immobilizer sys-tem. If any unauthorized changes ormodifications are made, the properoperation of the system cannot beguaranteed.

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

FCC ID: MOZ RI–8FTY

MADE IN. JAPAN

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

Side doors

SB12041

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turnit.

To lock: Turn the key forward. To unlock: Turn the key backward.

Both the doors lock and unlock simulta-neously with either side door. In the driv-er’s door lock, turning the key once willunlock the driver’s door and twice in suc-cession will unlock both the doors simulta-neously.

03 07.07


SB12035

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHINSIDE LOCK KNOB

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Push the knob forward.To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

Closing the door with the lock knob in thelock position will also lock the door. Becareful not to lock your keys in the ve-hicle.

The doors cannot be locked if you leavethe key in the ignition switch.

SB12080a

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHPOWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch down on the“LOCK” side.To unlock: Push the switch down on the“UNLOCK” side.

Both the doors lock or unlock simulta-neously.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doorsare closed and locked, especiallywhen small children are in the ve-hicle. Along with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helpsprevent the driver and passengersfrom being thrown out from the ve-hicle during an accident. It also helpsprevent the doors from being openedunintentionally.

03 07.07


Power windows

SB12049

The windows can be operated with theswitch on the center console.

The power windows work when the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW

Use the switch on the driver’s side ofthe center console.

Normal operation: The window moves aslong as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

SB12050

Automatic operation (to open only):Push the switch completely down and thenrelease it. The window will fully open. Tostop the window partway, lightly pull theswitch up and then release it.

SB12090

OPERATING THE PASSENGER’SWINDOW

Use the switch on the passenger’s sideof the center console.

The window moves as long as you holdthe switch.

To open: Push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

03 07.07


SB12081a

If you push in the window lock switch onthe instrument panel, the passenger’s win-dow cannot be operated.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, youmust do the following.

� Before you close the power win-dows, always make sure there isnobody around the power windows.You must also make sure theheads, hands and other parts of thebodies of all occupants are keptcompletely inside the vehicle. Ifsomeone’s neck, head or hands getcaught in a closing window, itcould result in a serious injury.When anyone closes the power win-dows, make sure he or she oper-ates the windows safely.

� When small children are in the ve-hicle, never let them use the powerwindow switches without supervi-sion. Use the window lock switch toprevent them from making unex-pected use of the switches.

� Be sure to remove the ignition keyor turn the ignition switch to the“LOCK” position when you leaveyour vehicle.

� Never leave anyone (particularly asmall child) alone in your vehicle,especially with the ignition key stillinserted. Otherwise, he/she coulduse the power window switches andget trapped in a window. Unat-tended person (particularly a smallchild) can be involved in a seriousaccident.

03 07.07


Trunk lid—

SB12043

To open the trunk lid:

1. Open the glove box door, and thenpull the trunk lid lock release lever.The trunk lid will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the trunklid is closed and securely locked.Otherwise, the trunk lid may open un-expectedly while driving and an acci-dent may occur.

SB12037a

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up theauxiliary catch l ever and lift thetrunk lid.

SB12068a

Front box cover

3. Hold the trunk lid open by insertingthe support rod into the slot.

To insert the support rod into the slot,move it straight up. If it is moved to theside or toward the inside of the vehicle,it may become detached.

Before closing the trunk lid, return thesupport rod to its clip—this preventsrattles. Then lower the trunk lid and makesure it locks into place. If necessary,press down gently on the front edge tolock it.

03 07.07


CAUTION

� After inserting the support rod intothe slot, make sure the rod sup-ports the trunk lid securely fromfalling down on to your head orbody.

� Before closing the trunk lid, lockthe front box cover securely.

This prevents the front box frombeing damaged.

� Keep the trunk lid closed whiledriving. This keeps the luggagefrom being thrown out.

NOTICE

Be sure to return the support rod toits clip before closing the trunk lid.Closing the trunk lid with the supportrod up could cause the trunk lid tobend.

—Luggage security system

SB12091

If you do not want to activate the trunklid lock release lever, insert the masterkey to the glove box, and turn it clock-wise.

Engine hood

SB12086a

To open the engine hood:

1. Pull the engine hood lock releaselever. The engine hood will spring upslightly.

The engine hood lock release lever canbe locked by the key.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the en-gine hood is closed and securelylocked. Otherwise, the engine hoodmay open unexpectedly while drivingand an accident may occur.

03 07.07


SB12044a

2. In rear of the vehicle, lift the enginehood.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the enginehood, the support rod, or surroundingarea which could be hot after driving,to prevent burning yourself.

SB12038a

3. Hold the engine hood open by in-serting the support rod into the slot.

To insert the support rod into the slot,move it straight up. If it is moved to theside or toward the inside of the vehicle,it may become detached.

Before closing the engine hood, check tosee that you have not forgotten any tools,rags, etc. and return the support rod to itsclip—this prevents rattles. Then lower theengine hood and make sure it locks intoplace. If necessary, press down gently onthe rear edge to lock it.

CAUTION

After inserting the support rod intothe slot, make sure the rod supportsthe engine hood securely from fallingdown on to your head or body.

NOTICE

Be sure to return the support rod toits clip before closing the enginehood. Closing the engine hood withthe support rod up could cause theengine hood to bend.

03 07.07


SB12087

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHENGINE HOOD

To lock: Turn the key clockwise.

The engine hood lock release lever canbe locked by the key.When leaving the vehicle with the soft toplowered, make sure to lock the enginehood lock release lever with the key.

The fuel filler door opener lever is lockedat the same time.

Fuel tank cap

SD12013a

This indicates that the fuel filler dooris on the left side of your vehicle.

SB12088a

1. To open the fuel filler door, pull thelever up.

When refueling, turn off the engine.

The fuel filler door opener lever can belocked by the key.

03 07.07


CAUTION

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames when refueling.The fumes are flammable.

� When opening the cap, do not re-move the cap quickly. In hot weath-er, fuel under pressure could causeinjury by spraying out of the fillerneck if the cap is suddenly re-moved.

SC12051

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turnthe cap slowly counterclockwise,then pause slightly before removingit. After removing the cap, hang thetether as shown in the illustration.

It is not unusual to hear a slight swooshwhen the cap is opened. When installing,turn the cap clockwise till you hear aclick.

If the cap is not tightened securely, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on.Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION

� Make sure the cap is installed se-curely to prevent fuel sp illage inthe event of an accident.

� Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tankcap for replacement. It is designedto regulate fuel tank pressure.

03 07.07


SB12087

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH FUELTANK CAP

To lock: Turn the key clockwise.

The fuel filler door opener lever can belocked by the key.When leaving the vehicle with the soft toplowered, make sure to lock the fuel fillerdoor opener lever with the key.

The engine hood lock release lever islocked at the same time.

Sequential manual transmission: Beforeraising or lowering the soft top, lower bothside windows, apply the parking brake, putthe selector lever in the “S(1)” positionand stop the engine.

Manual transmission: Before raising orlowering the soft top, lower both side win-dows, apply the parking brake, stop theengine and put the transmission lever inthe first position.

CAUTION

� When raising or lowering the softtop, keep hands off from the hingesof the top side rails and any partof the top linkage.

� To prevent personal injury, do notraise or lower the soft top when thewind is strong.

� The vehicle should never be drivenwith the soft top partially lowered.Make sure the top has been eitherfully latched to the windshieldframe or fully lowered before driv-ing.

NOTICE

� Make sure there are no items orpackages in the folding board whenlowering in the soft top. Even smallitems may interfere with the softtop operation and can cause dam-age.

� Do not sit or place excessiveweight on the soft top when the topis up or down. Damage to the topmay occur.

� Do not raise or lower the soft topwhen the temperature is below 5 �C(41�F). Damage to the top or rearwindow may result. If necessary todo so, warm the vehicle in a heatedgarage prior to operating the softtop mechanism.

� Do not lower the soft top if the topis damp or wet. Possible interiorwater damage, water stains or mil-dew on the top material may result.

03 07.07

Soft top——Soft top precautions


� When the soft top is completelylowered, keep the rear window de-fogger turned off to avoid damageto the top.

� It may be hard to fix the soft topwhen raising it after having kept itopen for a long time.

—Lowering the soft top

SB12077

1. Lower both side windows and sunvisors. Then pull down the lock lev-ers on both sides of the vehicle fullywhile pushing down the button.

Be sure not to leave any object on thefolding board.

If the battery is discharged and the win-dows cannot be lowered, open both thedoors.

SB12071a

2. Stand outside of the vehicle and pullthe soft top up holding the partshown in dark color in the illustra-tion.

03 07.07


SB12072

3. Lower the soft top backward press-ing the rear window glass down soft-ly.

SB12082a

CAUTION

To prevent personal injury, do notgrasp the part shown in dark color inthe illustration.

SB12079a

4. Fold the soft top slowly and houseit completely.

Press down the soft top toward the frontfrom the rear and lock it. You will hearclick sound when the soft top is complete-ly housed.

Shake the soft top up and down softly tocheck whether the soft top is fixed se-curely.

Raise both sun visors.

03 07.07


SB12059a

Folding board

Flare

NOTICE

� Do not lower the soft top whileplacing a luggage which is higherthan the bottom edge of the flareinside the luggage space. The lug-gage may be damaged by hittingthe folding board or the improperlyfolded soft top may flap in the windand cause an accident.

� Do not place any objects on thefolding board. Such objects maydamage the folding board or causean unexpected accident by movingwhile the vehicle is driven.

—Air deflector

SB12060a

The air deflector will reduce the windfrom the rear of the vehicle when thevehicle is running with the soft toplowered. Pull up to use.

NOTICE

Do not use alcohol or other solventsfor the air deflector. Because theycould damage the air deflector’s resinmaterial.

—Raising the soft top

SB12061

1. Lower both side windows and sunvisors. Then pull down the lock re-lease lever towards the front of thevehicle and release the lock of thesoft top.

NOTICE

Always lower the sun visor when rais-ing the soft top. The sun visor maybe damaged if the soft top is lockedwith the sun visor raised.

03 07.07


SB12074a

2. Stand outside of the vehicle and pullthe soft top out slowly holding thepart shown in dark color in the il-lustration. Then move the soft toptoward the upper part of the frameof the front window glass.

NOTICE

Lower the windows before raising thesoft top. Otherwise, the soft top maynot lock securely.

SB12082a

CAUTION

To prevent personal injury, do notgrasp the part shown in dark color inthe illustration.

SB12083

3. Be seated in the seat and hold thehandle on the center of the frontsoft top frame. Then press the softtop softly against the frame of thefront window glass.

03 07.07


SB12078

4. Keep pressing the soft top againstthe frame of the front window glassand fix the soft top by pushing upthe right and the left lock levers un-til a click is heard.

Check that lock is securely hung on thehook on the body side when pushing thelock levers up.

SB12089

Hook on body side

Lock

Hook on body side

If the lock is not hung easily, give yourhand to the lock for helping to hang iton the hook on the body side.

Fix the lock on the hook of the body sideand check whether or not it is securelylocked by swinging the lock to the frontand the rear, and the right and the left.

Confirm that the levers are locked secure-ly.

Raise both sun visors.

03 07.07


03 07.07


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOccupant restraint systemsSeats 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belts 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS driver airbag and passenger airbag 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passenger airbag manual on–off switch 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child restraint 46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 1– 3


Seats—While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-hicle occupants should have the seatbackupright, sit well back in the seat and prop-erly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

� Do not drive the vehicle unless theoccupants are properly seated. Donot allow any passengers to sit inthe luggage space. Persons notproperly seated and/or not properlyrestrained by seat belts can be se-verely injured in the event of emer-gency braking or a collision.

� While the vehicle is moving, do notallow any passenger to stand up inthe vehicle. Otherwise, severe inju-ries can occur in the event of emer-gency braking or a collision.

Driver seat

CAUTION

The SRS driver airbag deploys withconsiderable force, and can causedeath or serious injury especially ifthe driver is very close to the airbag.The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (“NHTSA”) advises:

Since the risk zone for driver airbagis the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) ofinflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10in.) from your driver airbag providesyou with a clear margin of safety.This distance is measured from thecenter of the steering wheel to yourbreastbone. If you sit less than 250mm (10 in.) away now, you canchange your driving position in sever-al ways:

� Move your seat to the rear as faras you can while still reaching thepedals comfortably.

� Slightly recline the back of theseat. Although vehicle designs vary,many drivers can achieve the 250mm (10 in.) distance, even with thedriver seat all the way forward, sim-ply by reclining the back of theseat somewhat. If reclining the backof your seat makes it hard to seethe road, raise yourself by using afirm, non–slippery cushion, or raisethe seat if your vehicle has thatfeature.

� If your steering wheel is adjustable,tilt it downward. This points the air-bag toward your chest instead ofyour head and neck.

The seat should be adjusted as rec-ommended by NHTSA above, whilestill maintaining control of the footpedals, steering wheel, and your viewof the instrument panel controls.

03 07.07

—Seat precautions


Passenger seat

CAUTION

The SRS passenger airbag also de-ploys with considerable force, andcan cause death or serious injury es-pecially if the passenger is very closeto the airbag. The passenger seatshould be as far from the airbag aspossible with the seat position andthe seatback adjusted, so the passen-ger sits upright.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the seat while thevehicle is moving as the seat mayunexpectedly move and cause thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

� Be careful that the seat does nothit a passenger or luggage.

� After adjusting the seat position, re-lease the lever and try sliding theseat forward and backward to makesure it is locked in position.

� After adjusting the seatback, re-lease the lever and exert body pres-sure to make sure the seat islocked in position.

� Do not put objects under the seats.Otherwise, the objects may interferewith the seat–lock mechanism orunexpectedly push up the seat posi-tion adjusting lever and the seatmay suddenly move, causing thedriver to lose control of the vehicle.

� While adjusting the seat, do not putyour hands under the seat or nearthe moving parts. Otherwise, youmay jam your hands or fingers maybe caught and injured.

03 07.07

—Seat adjustment precautions


—Adjusting seats

SB13001a

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Hold the center of the lever and pull itup. Then slide the seat to the desiredposition with slight body pressure andrelease the lever.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTING LE-VER

Lean forward and pull the lever up.Then lean back to the desired angleand release the lever.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding underthe lap belt during a collision, avoidreclining the seatback any more thanneeded. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection in a frontal or rearcollision when the driver and the pas-senger are sitting up straight andwell back in the seats. If you arereclined, the lap belt may slide pastyour hips and apply restraint forcesdirectly to the abdomen. In the eventof a frontal collision, the more theseat is reclined, the greater the riskof personal injury.

3. SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTINGKNOB (driver’s seat only)

Turn the knob either way.

03 07.07


Toyota strongly urges that the driver andpassenger in the vehicle be properly re-strained at all times with the seat beltsprovided. Failure to do so could increasethe chance of injury and/or the severity ofinjury in accidents.

The seat belts provided for your vehicleare designed for people of adult size,large enough to properly wear them.

Child. Use a child restraint system ap-propriate for the child until the child be-comes large enough to properly wear thevehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint—”on page 46 for details.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child must be restrained usingthe vehicle’s seat belt.

If a child must sit in the seat, the seatbelts should be worn properly. If an acci-dent occurs and the seat belts are notworn properly, the force of the rapid infla-tion of the airbag may cause death orserious injury to the child.

Do not allow the child to stand up orkneel on the seat. An unrestrained childcould suffer serious injury or death duringemergency braking or a collision. Also, donot let the child sit on your lap. Holdinga child in your arms does not providesufficient restraint.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Ask your doctor forspecific recommendations. The lap beltshould be worn securely and as low aspossible over the hips and not on thewaist.

Injured person. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-ry, first check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seatsproperly wearing their seat beltswhenever the vehicle is moving.Otherwise, they are much more likelyto suffer serious bodily injury ordeath in the event of sudden brakingor a collision.

When using the seat belts, observethe following:

� Use the belt for only one person ata time. Do not use a single belt fortwo or more people—even children.

� To reduce the risk of sliding underthe lap belt during a collision,avoid reclining the seatback anymore than needed. The seat beltsprovide maximum protection in afrontal or rear collision when thedriver and the passenger are sittingup straight and well back in theseats. If you are reclined, the lapbelt may slide past your hips andapply restraint forces directly to theabdomen. In the event of a frontalcollision, the more the seat is re-clined, the greater the risk of per-sonal injury.

� Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. Take care thatthey do not get caught or pinchedin the seat or side doors.

� Inspect the belt system periodically.Check for cuts, fraying, and looseparts. Damaged parts should be re-placed. Do not disassemble ormodify the system.

03 07.07

Seat belts——Seat belt precautions


� Keep the belts clean and dry. Ifthey need cleaning, use a mild soapsolution or lukewarm water. Neveruse bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-ers, or allow them to come intocontact with the belt—they may se-verely weaken the belts. (See“Cleaning the interior” on page 188)

� Replace the belt assembly (includ-ing bolts) if it has been used in asevere impact. The entire assemblyshould be replaced even if damageis not obvious.

—Fastening seat belts

SU13239TabBuckle

Adjust the seat as needed and sit upstraight and well back in the seat. Tofasten your belt, pull it out of the re-tractor and insert the tab into thebuckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjuststo your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during asudden stop or on impact. It also maylock if you lean forward too quickly. Aslow, easy motion will allow the belt toextend, and you can move around freely.

When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-pletely extended and is then retractedeven slightly, the belt is locked in thatposition and cannot be extended. This fea-ture is used to hold the child restraintsystem securely. (For details, see “Childrestraint—” on page 46) To free the beltagain, fully retract the belt and then pullthe belt out once more.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of theretractor, firmly pull the belt and releaseit. You will then be able to smoothly pullthe belt out of the retractor.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from injury.

03 07.07


SB13069

Take upslack

Too high

Keep as low onhips as possible

Take upslack

Too high

Keep as low onhips as possible

Adjust the position of the lap andshoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulderportion upward through the latch plate.

CAUTION

� Both high–positioned lap belts andloose–fitting belts could cause seri-ous injuries due to sliding underthe lap belt during a collision orother unintended event. Keep thelap belt positioned as low on hipsas possible.

� Do not place the shoulder belt un-der your arm.

SB13070

To release the belt, press the bucklerelease button and allow the belt toretract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pullit out and check for kinks or twists. Thenmake sure it remains untwisted as it re-tracts.

03 07.07


—Seat belt extenderIf your seat belt cannot be fastened se-curely because it is not long enough, apersonalized seat belt extender is avail-able from your Toyota dealer free ofcharge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer toorder the proper required length for theextender. Bring the heaviest coat you ex-pect to wear for proper measurement andselection of length. Additional ordering in-formation is available at your Toyota deal-er.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender,observe the following precautions.Failure to follow these instructionscould reduce the effectiveness of theseat belt restraint system in case ofan accident, increasing the chance ofpersonal injury.

� Remember that the extender pro-vided for you may not be safe whenused on a different vehicle, or foranother person or at a differentseating position than the one origi-nally intended for.

� Be sure to wear the seat belt with-out the seat belt extender if youcan fasten the seat belt without theextender.

� Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the passenger seat. Ifinstalling a child restraint systemwith the seat belt extender con-nected to the seat belt, the seatbelt will not securely hold the childrestraint system, which could causedeath or serious injury to the childor other passenger in the event ofcollision.

SB13071

To connect the extender to the seatbelt, insert the tab into the seat beltbuckle so that the “PRESS” signs onthe buckle release buttons of the ex-tender and the seat belt are both facingoutward as shown.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

When releasing the seat belt, press onthe buckle release button on the extender,not on the seat belt. This helps preventdamage to the vehicle interior and extend-er itself.

When not in use, remove the extenderand store in the vehicle for future use.

03 07.07


CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt and the seat belt extend-er are not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed, becauseit cannot protect an adult occupantor your child from injury.

—Seat belt pretensioners

SB13089a

The driver and passenger seat belt pre-tensioners are designed to be activatedin response to a severe frontal impact.

When the sensor detects a severe frontalimpact, the seat belts are quickly drawnback by the retractors so that the beltssnugly restrain the occupants.

The seat belt pretensioners are activatedeven if there is no passenger in the seat.

The seat belt pretensioners and SRS air-bags may not operate together in all colli-sions.

SB13091a

The seat belt pretensioner system con-sists mainly of the following componentsand their locations are shown in the il-lustration.

1. Front airbag sensor

2. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies

3. Airbag sensor assembly

4. SRS warning light

The seat belt pretensioners are controlledby the airbag sensor assembly. The airbagsensor assembly consists of a safing sen-sor and airbag sensor.

03 07.07


When the seat belt pretensioners are acti-vated, an operating noise may be heardand a small amount of non–toxic gas maybe released. This does not indicate thata fire is occurring. This gas is normallyharmless.

Once the seat belt pretensioners havebeen activated, the seat belt retractorsremain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or openthe seat belt pretensioner assemblies,airbag sensor or surrounding area orwiring. Failure to follow these instruc-tions may prevent the seat belt pre-tensioners from activating correctly,cause sudden operation of the systemor disable the system, which couldresult in death or serious injury. Con-sult your Toyota dealer about any re-pair and modification.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theseat belt pretensioners in somecases.

� Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two–way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

� Repairs on or near the seat beltretractor assemblies

� Modification of the suspension sys-tem

� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repair made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure or con-sole

SB13102a

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the seat belt pretensioners areoperating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, seat belt pretensioner assemblies,inflators, warning light, interconnecting wir-ing and power sources. (For details, see“Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers” on page 77.)

If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.

03 07.07


� When the ignition key is turned to the“ON” position, the light does not comeon, remains on or flashes.

� The light comes on or starts flashingwhile driving.

� If any seat belt does not retract orcannot be pulled out due to a malfunc-tion or activation of the relevant seatbelt pretensioner.

� The seat belt pretensioner assembly orsurrounding area has been damaged.

SB13045a

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

� The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe seat belt pretensioners to operate.

� Either seat belt pretensioner assemblyor surrounding area is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

SB13092a

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) airbags are designed to providefurther protection for the driver andpassenger in addition to the primarysafety protection provided by the seatbelts.

In response to a severe frontal impact,the SRS airbags work together with theseat belts to help reduce injury by inflat-ing. The SRS airbags help reduce injuriesmainly to the driver’s or passenger’s heador chest caused by hitting the vehicle in-terior. When the passenger airbag manualon–off switch is in the “ON” position, thepassenger airbag is activated if there isno passenger in the seat.

Always wear your seat belt properly.

03 07.07

SRS driver airbag andpassenger airbag


Your vehicle is equipped with a crashsensing and diagnostic module, which willrecord the use of the seat belt restraintsystem by the driver when the SRS air-bags are inflated.

CAUTION

� The SRS airbag system is designedonly as a supplement to the prima-ry protection of the driver and pas-senger seat belt systems. The driv-er and passenger can be k illed orseriously injured by the inflatingairbags if they do not wear theavailable seat belts properly. Duringsudden braking just before a colli-sion, an unrestrained driver or pas-senger can move forward into directcontact with or close proximity tothe airbag which may then deployduring the collision. To ensure max-imum protection in an accident, thedriver and passenger in the vehiclemust wear their seat belts properly.Wearing a seat belt properly duringan accident reduces the chances ofdeath or serious injury or beingthrown out of the vehicle. For in-structions and precautions concern-ing the seat belt system, see “Seatbelts”on page 31.

� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbags. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. For instruc-tions concerning the installation ofa child restraint system, see “Childrestraint”on page 46.

03 07.07


SB13106a

Indicator light

The passenger airbag system isequipped with a manual on–off switchand indicator light. Turning the passen-ger airbag manual on–off switch clock-wise to the “ON” position makes thepassenger airbag system operational.Turning the passenger airbag manualon–off switch counterclockwise to the“OFF” position disables the passengerairbag system. The indicator light onthe passenger airbag manual on–offswitch will come on when the passen-ger airbag system has been disabled.

See “Passenger airbag manual on–offswitch” on page 45 in this Section fordetail.

CAUTION

� Make sure that the indicator light isoff.

� Do not turn off the passenger air-bag manual on–off switch exceptwhen a member of a passenger riskgroup identified in TABLE 1 is oc-cupying the passenger seating posi-tion.

� When the passenger airbag manualon–off switch is turned off, the pas-senger airbag will not inflate in acollision and turning off the pas-senger airbag can reduce the occu-pant protection which your vehiclesafety systems can provide to youin certain accidents and increasethe likelihood of serious personalinjuries.

03 07.07


The SRS airbags are designed to deployin severe (usually frontal) co llisionswhere the magnitude and duration ofthe forward deceleration of the vehicleexceeds the designed threshold level.

The SRS airbags will deploy if the severi-ty of the impact is above the designedthreshold level, comparable to an approxi-mate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision when thevehicle has the impact straight into a fixedbarrier that does not move or deform.

However, this threshold velocity will beconsiderably higher if the vehicle strikesan object, such as a parked vehicle orsign pole, which can move or deform onimpact, or if the vehicle is involved in anunderride collision (e.g. a collision inwhich the front of the vehicle “underrides”,or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisionswhere the forward deceleration of the ve-hicle is very close to the designed thresh-old level, the SRS airbags and the seatbelt pretensioners may not activate togeth-er.

Always wear your seat belts properly.

03 07.07

TABLE 1: A PASSENGER RISK GROUP

Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) who must ride in the front seat because:

Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride in the front seat because:

Medical condition. A passenger has a medical condition which according to his orher physician:

� Causes the passenger airbag to pose a special risk for the passenger: and

� Makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag in a crash greater than thepotential harm from turning off the airbag and allowing the passenger, even ifbelted, to hit the dashboard, or windshield in a crash.

For more detailed information concerning about the passenger risk group, pleasecontact NHTSA at 1–800–424–9393.

� Vehicle has no rear seat:

� Although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the rear seat(s) whenever possible,children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front because no space isavailable in the rear seat(s) of vehicle; or

� The child has a medical condition which, according to the child’s physician,makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver canconstantly monitor the child’s condition.

� Vehicle has no rear seat;

� Vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear–facing infant seat; or

� The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s physician,makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the driver canconstantly monitor the child’s condition.


SC13014aCollision from the rear

Collision from the side

Vehicle rollover

The SRS airbags are generally not de-signed to inflate if the vehicle is in-volved in a side or rear collision, if itrolls over, or if it is involved in a low–speed frontal collision. But, when ever acollision of any type causes sufficientforward deceleration of the vehicle, de-ployment of the SRS airbags may oc-cur.

SB13077Hitting a curb, edgeof pavement or hardsurface

Falling into orjumping overa deep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS airbags may also deploy if aserious impact occurs to the undersideof your vehicle. Some examples areshown in the illustration.

SB13094a

The SRS airbag system consists mainly ofthe following components, and their loca-tions are shown in the illustration.

1. Front airbag sensor

2. SRS warning light

3. Airbag module for passenger (airbag and inflator)

4. Airbag sensor assembly

5. Airbag module for driver (airbag and inflator)

The airbag sensor assembly consists of asafing sensor and airbag sensor.

03 07.07


The airbag sensors constantly monitor theforward deceleration of the vehicle. If animpact results in a forward decelerationbeyond the designed threshold level, thesystem triggers the airbag inflators. At thistime a chemical reaction in the inflatorsvery quickly fills the airbags with non–tox-ic gas to help restrain the forward motionof the occupants. The airbags then quicklydeflate, so that there is no obstruction ofthe driver’s vision should it be necessaryto continue driving.

When the airbags inflate, they produce aloud noise and release some smoke andresidue along with non–toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This smoke mayremain inside the vehicle for some time,and may cause some minor irritation tothe eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure towash off any residue as soon as possibleto prevent any potential skin irritation withsoap and water. If you can safely exitfrom the vehicle, you should do so imme-diately.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, primarily to the head and chest, itmay also cause other, less severe injuriesto the face, chest, arms and hands. Theseare usually in the nature of minor burnsor abrasions and swelling, but the force ofa deploying airbag can cause more seri-ous injuries, especially if an occupant’shands, arms, chest or head is in closeproximity to the airbag module at the timeof deployment. This is why it is importantfor the occupant to: avoid placing anyobject or part of the body between theoccupant and the airbag module; sitstraight and well back into the seat; wearthe available seat belt properly; and sit asfar as possible from the airbag module,while still maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheelhub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hotfor several minutes after deployment, sodo not touch! The airbags inflate onlyonce. The windshield may be damaged byabsorbing some of the force of the inflat-ing airbag.

CAUTION

The driver or passenger who is tooclose to the steering wheel or dash-board during airbag deployment canbe killed or seriously injured. Toyotastrongly recommends that:

� The driver sit as far back as pos-sible from the steering wheel whilestill maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

� The passenger sit as far back aspossible from the dashboard.

� All vehicle occupants be properlyrestrained using the available seatbelts.

For instructions and precautions con-cerning the seating position, see“—Seat precautions” on page 28.

03 07.07


SB13053

� Do not sit on the edge of the seator lean against the dashboard whenthe vehicle is in use, since the pas-senger airbag could inflate withconsiderable speed and force. Any-one who is up against, or veryclose to, an airbag when it inflates,can be killed or seriously injured.Sit up straight and well back in theseat, and always use your seat beltproperly.

SB13054

� Do not allow a child to stand up orkneel on the passenger seat, sincethe passenger airbag could inflatewith considerable speed and force.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured.

� Do not hold a child on your lap orin your arms. Use a child restraintsystem in the seat. For instructionsconcerning the installation of achild restraint system, see “Childrestraint—” on page 46.

SB13055

� Do not put anything or any part ofyour body on or in front of thedashboard or steering wheel padthat houses the airbag system. Theymight restrict inflation or causedeath or serious injury as they areprojected rearward by the force ofdeploying airbags. Likewise, thedriver and passenger should nothold objects in their arms or ontheir knees.

03 07.07


� Do not modify or remove any wir-ing. Do not modify, remove, strikeor open any components such asthe steering wheel pad, steeringwheel, column cover, dashboardnear the passenger airbag, passen-ger airbag cover, passenger airbagor airbag sensor assembly. Doingso may prevent the airbag systemfrom activating correctly, cause sud-den activation of the system or dis-able the system, which could resultin death or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.Consult your Toyota dealer about anyrepair and modification.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes can in-terfere with proper operation of theSRS airbag system in some cases.

� Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two–way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

� Modification of the suspension sys-tem

� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure, con-sole, steering column, steeringwheel or dashboard near the pas-senger airbag

SB13102a

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the SRS airbags are operatingproperly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, seat belt pretensioner assemblies,inflators, warning light, interconnecting wir-ing and power sources. (For details, see“Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers” on page 77.)

If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the airbagsor seat belt pretensioners. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.

03 07.07


� When the ignition key is turned to the“ON” position, the light does not comeon, remains on or flashes.

� The light comes on or starts flashingwhile driving.

SB13067a

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

� The SRS airbags have been inflated.

� The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS airbags to inflate.

� The pad section of the steering wheelor passenger airbag cover (shaded inthe illustration) is scratched, cracked,or otherwise damaged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

SB13106a

Indicator light

This on–off switch is designed to dis-able the passenger airbag in order toallow usage, if necessary, of a memberof a passenger risk group identified inTABLE 1 (on page 40) is occupying thepassenger seating position (For details,see “SRS driver airbag and passengerairbag” on page 37 in this Section.)

Operate on–off switch as follows:

Insert key into the keyhole and turn it inthe glove box.

To turn passenger airbag on: Turn the keyclockwise to the “ON” position.To turn passenger airbag off: Turn the keycounterclockwise to the “OFF” position.

03 07.07

Passenger airbag manualon–off switch


The indicator comes on when the passen-ger airbag system is off.

To check the airbag cut–off system status,turn the ignition switch to the “ON” posi-tion. The “AIRBAG” warning light and the“OFF” indicator light should go on forapproximately 4 seconds. If the airbagswitch is turned off, the “OFF” indicatorwill continue to illuminate, and if the air-bag switch is turned on, the “OFF” indica-tor will not illuminate.

CAUTION

� Make sure that the indicator light isoff.

� Do not turn off the passenger air-bag manual on–off switch exceptwhen a member of a passenger riskgroup identified in TABLE 1 (onpage 40) is occupying the passen-ger seating position.

� When the passenger airbag manualon–off switch is turned off, the pas-senger airbag will not inflate in acollision and turning off the pas-senger airbag can reduce the occu-pant protection which your vehiclesafety systems can provide to youin certain accidents and increasethe likelihood of serious personalinjuries.

For details, see “SRS driver airbagand passenger airbag” on page 37 inthis Section.

Toyota strongly urges the use of ap-propriate child restraint systems forchildren.

The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.now require the use of a child restraintsystem.

Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

CAUTION

� For effective protection in automo-bile accidents and sudden stops, achild must be properly restrained,using a seat belt or child restraintsystem depending on the age andsize of the child. Holding a child inyour arms is not a substitute for achild restraint system. In an acci-dent, the child can be crushedagainst the windshield, or betweenyou and the vehicle’s interior.

� Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system thatconforms to the size of the child.

03 07.07

Child restraint——Child restraint precautions


� Never install infant or child age 1to 12 in a passenger risk group onthe passenger seat with the passen-ger airbag manual on–off switch inthe “ON” position. In the event ofan accident, the force of the rapidinflation of the passenger airbagcan cause death or serious injuryto the child.

If you must install infant or childage 1 to 12 in a passenger riskgroup on the passenger seat, makesure the passenger airbag manualon–off switch is in the “OFF”position and that the indicator lightis on. (For details, see “SRS driverairbag and passenger airbag” onpage 37 in this Section.

� Do not use the seat belt extenderwhen installing a child restraintsystem on the passenger seat. Ifinstalling a child restraint systemwith the seat belt extender con-nected to the seat belt, the seatbelt will not securely hold the childrestraint system, which could causedeath or serious injury to the childor other passenger in the event ofcollision.

� Make sure you have complied withall installation instructions providedby the child restraint manufacturerand that the system is properly se-cured. If it is not secured properly,it may cause death or serious injuryto the child in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

—Child restraint systemA child restraint system for a smallchild or baby must be properly re-strained on the seat with the lap por-tion of the lap/shoulder belt. You mustcarefully consult the manufacturer’s in-structions which accompany the childrestraint system.

To provide proper restraint, use a childrestraint system following the manufactur-er’s instructions about the appropriate ageand size of the child for the child restraintsystem.

Install the child restraint system correctlyfollowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer. General directions are alsoprovided under the following illustrations.

When not using the child restraint system,keep it secured with the seat belt or placeit in somewhere other than the passengercompartment. This will prevent it from in-juring passenger in the event of a suddenstop or accident.

03 07.07


Child restraint systems are divided intothe following 3 types according to thechild’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

(C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system followingthe instructions provided by its manufac-turer.

Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-curing the top strap of a child restraintsystem.

For instructions about how to use the an-chor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” onpage 58.

The child restraint lower anchoragesapproved for your vehicle may also beused. See “—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages” on page 59.

SB13056

(A) Infant seat

SB13080a

(B) Convertible seat

SB13048a

(C) Booster seat

03 07.07

—Types of child restraintsystem


—Installation with seat belt

SB13081

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat must be used in rear–facing position only.

SB13101

CAUTION

Never install a rear–facing child re-straint system on the passenger seatwith the passenger airbag manual on–off switch in the “ON” position. Inthe event of an accident, the force ofthe rapid inflation of the passengerairbag can cause death or serious in-jury to the child.

SB13107a

When you put a rear–facing child re-straint system which belongs to a pas-senger risk group on the passengerseat, turn the passenger airbag manualon–off switch counterclockwise to the“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRSdriver airbag and passenger airbag” onpage 37 in this Section.)

The indicator comes on when the systemis off.

03 07.07


CAUTION

If you must install a rear–facing childrestraint system on the passengerseat, make sure the passenger airbagmanual on–off switch is in the “OFF”position and that the indicator light ison.

SB13057

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the belt. Keepthe lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt are not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent yourchild from properly latching the taband buckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from death or serious injury.Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-ately. Do not install the childrestraint system on the seat untilthe seat belt is fixed.

03 07.07


SB13058

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, makesure the belt is in the lock mode beforeletting the belt retract.

SB13059

3. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,let the shoulder belt retract as far asit will go to hold the infant seat secure-ly.

SB13060

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

03 07.07


SB13095

4. To remove the infant seat, press thebuckle release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

SB13062

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat must be used in for-ward–facing or rear–facing position de-pending on the age and size of thechild. When installing, follow themanufacturer’s instruction about the ap-plicable age and size of the child aswell as directions for installing thechild restraint system.

SB13101

CAUTION

Rear–facing child restraint system:Never install a rear–facing child re-straint system on the passenger seatwith the passenger airbag manual on–off switch in the “ON” position. Inthe event of an accident, the force ofthe rapid inflation of the passengerairbag can cause death or serious in-jury to the child.

03 07.07


SB13107a

When you put a forward–facing or arear–facing child restraint system whichbelongs to a passenger risk group onthe passenger seat, turn the passengerairbag manual on–off switch counter-clockwise to the “OFF” position. (Fordetails, see “SRS driver airbag and pas-senger airbag” on page 37 in this Sec-tion.)


CAUTION

� If you must install a rear–facingchild restraint system on the pas-senger seat, make sure the passen-ger airbag manual on–off switch isin the “OFF” position and that theindicator light is on.

� Forward–facing child restraint sys-tem: A forward–facing child re-straint system which belongs to apassenger risk group should neverbe installed on the passenger seatwith the passenger airbag manualon–off switch in the “ON” position,because the passenger airbag couldinflate with considerable speed andforce. Otherwise the child may bekilled or seriously injured in for-ward seating position. (For details,see “SRS driver airbag and passen-ger airbag” on page 37 in this Sec-tion.)

SB13083a

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt. Keep the lap portion of the belttight.

03 07.07


CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt is not twisted.


� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from death or serious injury.Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-ately. Do not install the childrestraint system on the seat untilthe seat belt is fixed.

SB13084a

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted slightly, it cannot be ex-tended.

To hold the convertible seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

SB13085a

3. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, let the shoulder belt retractas far as it will go to hold the convert-ible seat securely.

03 07.07


SB13086a

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

SB13096

4. To remove the convertible seat, pressthe buckle release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

SB13108

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat must be used in for-ward–facing position only.

03 07.07


CAUTION

A forward–facing child restraintsystem which belongs to a passengerrisk group should never be installedon the passenger seat with thepassenger airbag manual on–offswitch in the “ON” position, becausethe passenger airbag could inflatewith considerable speed and force.Otherwise the child may be killed orseriously injured in forward seatingposition. (For details, see “SRS driverairbag and passenger airbag” on page37 in this Section.)

SB13107a

When you put a forward–facing childrestraint system which belongs to pas-senger risk group on the passengerseat, turn the passenger airbag manualon–off switch counterclockwise to the“OFF” position. (For details, see “SRSdriver airbag and passenger airbag” onpage 37 in this Section.)


SB13064

1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Runthe lap and shoulder belt through oraround the booster seat and across thechild following the instructions providedby its manufacturer and insert the tabinto the buckle taking care not to twistthe belt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctlyacross the child’s shoulder and that thelap belt is positioned as low as possibleon child’s hips. See “Seat belts” on page31 in this Section for details.

03 07.07


CAUTION

� Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofchild’s shoulder. The belt should bekept away from child’s neck, butnot falling off child’s s houlder.Otherwise, the child may be killedor seriously injured in case of sud-den braking or a collision.

� Both high–positioned lap belts andloose–fitting belts could causedeath or serious injuries due tosliding under the lap belt during acollision or other unintended event.Keep the lap belt positioned as lowon a child’s hips as possible.

� For child’s safety, do not place theshoulder belt under child’s arm.

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt are not twisted.


� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from death or serious injury.Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-ately. Do not install the childrestraint system on the seat untilthe seat belt is fixed. SB13097

2. To remove the child restraint system,press the buckle release button andallow the belt to retract.

03 07.07


—Using a top strap

SB13110

Follow the procedure below for a childrestraint system that requires the useof a top strap.

SB13111

Use the anchor bracket on the luggagetrim to attach the top strap.

Anchor brackets are installed for a pas-senger seating position.

This symbol indicates the location of theanchor bracket.

SB13112a

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET

1. Lightly push up the anchor bracketcover, then pull it forward to re-move.

03 07.07


SB13113

2. Fix the child restraint system withthe seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” onpage 46.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.Follow all the installation instructionsprovided by its manufacturer.

Store a removed cover in a safe placesuch as the glove box.

Be sure to replace a cover when the an-chor bracket is not in use.

SB13116

The lower anchorages for the child re-straint system interfaced with theFMVSS225 specification are installed inthe passenger seat.

The anchorages are installed in the clear-ance between the seat cushion and seat-back of passenger seat.

Child restraint system interfaced with theFMVSS225 specification can be fixed withthese anchorages. In this case, it is notnecessary to fix the child restraint systemwith a seat belt on the vehicle.

03 07.07

—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages


SB13115

Type A

SB13114

Type B

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMINSTALLATION

Type A—

1. Widen the clearance between theseat cushion and seatback a littleand confirm the position of the low-er anchorages below the tag in theseatback.

2. Latch the hooks of lower straps ontothe anchorages and tighten the lowerstraps.

Type B—

1. Widen the clearance between theseat cushion and seatback a littleand confirm the position of the low-er anchorages below the tag in theseatback.

2. Latch the buckles onto the anchor-ages.

If your child restraint system has a topstrap, it should be anchored. (For theinstallation of the top strap, see “—Usinga top strap” on page 58.)

For the installation details, refer to theinstruction manual equipped with eachproduct.

03 07.07


CAUTION

� When using the lower anchoragesfor the child restraint system, besure that there are no irregular ob-jects around the anchorages or thatthe seat belt is not caught.

� Push and pull the child restraintsystem in different directions to besure it is secure. Follow all theinstallation instructions provided byits manufacturer.

� When using the lower anchoragesfor the child restraint system, en-sure that the seat is moved to therear–most position, with the seat-back close to the child restraintsystem.

� After securing the child restraintsystem, never slide of recline theseat.

03 07.07


03 07.07


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSSteering wheel and MirrorsTilt steering wheel 64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside rear view mirrors 64. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti–glare inside rear view mirror 66. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 1– 4


Tilt steering wheel

SB13049

To change the steering wheel angle,hold the steering wheel, push the lockrelease lever, tilt the steering wheel tothe desired angle and return the leverto its original position.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is moving. Doingso may cause the driver to mishan-dle the vehicle and an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

� After adjusting the steering wheel,try moving it up and down to makesure it is locked in position.

Outside rear view mirrors—

SB13050

Adjust the mirror so that you can seethe side of your vehicle in the mirror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the outsiderear view mirror on the passenger’s sidebecause it is a convex mirror. Any objectseen in a convex mirror will look smallerand farther away than when seen in a flatmirror.

03 07.07


CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

—Power rear view mirror control

SB13099a

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror tobe adjustedPush the switch to “L” (left) or “R”(right).

2. Control switch—To move the mirrorPush the switch in the desired direc-tion.

Mirrors can be adjusted when the key isin the “ACC” or “ON” position.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do notoperate the control or scrape the mir-ror face. Use a spray de–icer to freethe mirror.

03 07.07


—Folding rear view mirrors

SB13051

The rear view mirrors can be foldedbackward for parking in compact areas.

To fold the rear view mirror, push back-ward.

CAUTION

Do not drive with the mirrors foldedbackward. Both the driver and pas-senger side rear view mirrors mustbe extended and properly adjustedbefore driving.

SB13088

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

To reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving, operate the lever on the loweredge of the mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greaterclarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you alsolose some rear view clarity.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in personal death or injuries.

03 07.07

Anti–glare inside rear viewmirror


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSSteering wheel and MirrorsTilt steering wheel 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside rear view mirrors 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti- glare inside rear view mirror 90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 1- 4


Tilt steering wheel

SB13049

To change the steering wheel angle,hold the steering wheel, push the lockrelease lever, tilt the steering wheel tothe desired angle and return the leverto its original position.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is moving. Doingso may cause the driver to mishan-dle the vehicle and an accident mayoccur resulting in death or seriousinjuries.

� After adjusting the steering wheel,try moving it up and down to makesure it is locked in position.

Outside rear view mirrors—

SB13050

Adjust the mirror so that you can seethe side of your vehicle in the mirror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the outsiderear view mirror on the passenger’s sidebecause it is a convex mirror. Any objectseen in a convex mirror will look smallerand farther away than when seen in a flatmirror.

03 07.07


CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

—Power rear view mirror control

SB13099a

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror tobe adjustedPush the switch to “L” (left) or “R”(right).

2. Control switch—To move the mirrorPush the switch in the desired direc-tion.

Mirrors can be adjusted when the key isin the “ACC” or “ON” position.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do notoperate the control or scrape the mir-ror face. Use a spray de- icer to freethe mirror.

03 07.07


—Folding rear view mirrors

SB13051

The rear view mirrors can be foldedbackward for parking in compact areas.

To fold the rear view mirror, push back-ward.

CAUTION

Do not drive with the mirrors foldedbackward. Both the driver and pas-senger side rear view mirrors mustbe extended and properly adjustedbefore driving.

SB13088

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

To reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving, operate the lever on the loweredge of the mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greaterclarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you alsolose some rear view clarity.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. Doing so maycause the driver to mishandle the ve-hicle and an accident may occur re-sulting in personal death or injuries.

03 07.07

Anti- glare inside rear viewmirror


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSLights, Wipers and DefoggerHeadlights and turn signals 68. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency flashers 69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front fog lights 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel light control 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior light 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield wipers and washer 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window defogger 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 1– 5


Headlights and turn signals

SB14009a

HEADLIGHTS

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

Light reminder buzzer

A buzzer will remind you to turn the lightsoff when the driver’s door is opened if youremove the key with the headlights lefton.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights onfor a long period when the engine isnot running.

Daytime running light system

The headlights turn on at reduced intensi-ty when the parking brake is released withthe engine started, even with the lightswitch in the “OFF” position or position 1.They will not go off until the ignitionswitch is turned off.

Twist the knob to the position 2 to turnto full intensity for driving at night.

SB14019

High–low beams— For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightswith the knob turned to “OFF”.

03 07.07


SB14011

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out. See “Replacing lightbulbs—” on page 226 in Section 7–3.

Emergency flashers

SB14012

To turn on the emergency flashers,push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turnthem off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warnother drivers if your vehicle must bestopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as pos-sible.

The turn signal light switch will not workwhen the emergency flashers are operat-ing.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the switch onlonger than necessary when the en-gine is not running.

03 07.07


Front fog lights

SB12093

To turn on the front fog lights, pushthe switch. they will come on when theheadlights and/or tail lights are turnedon.

Instrument panel light control

SB14015a

To adjust the brightness of the instru-ment panel lights, turn the switch.

Interior light

SB14022

To turn on the interior light, slide theswitch.

The interior light switch has the followingpositions:

“ON”—The light stays on all the time.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when eitherside door is opened. The light goes offwhen both the doors are closed.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

03 07.07


Windshield wipers and washer

SB14020

To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Speed setting

Position 1 Intermittent

Position 2 Slow

Position 3 Fast

For a single sweep of the windshield,push the lever up and release it.

The “INT TIME” band lets you adjust thewiping time interval when the wiper leveris in the intermittent position (position 1).Twist the band upward to increase thetime between sweeps, and downward todecrease it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you.

If the windshield wipers are off, they willoperate a couple of times after the washersquirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 225 inSection 7–3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on the windshield, which canblock your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch theglass.

Rear window defogger

SB14023

To defog or defrost the rear window,push the switch.


The thin heater wires on the inside of therear window will quickly clear the surface.An indicator light will illuminate to indicatethe defogger is operating.

Push the switch once again to turn thedefogger off.

The system will automatically shut off af-ter the defogger has operated about 15minutes.

03 07.07


Make sure you turn the defogger off whenthe window is clear. Leaving the defoggeron for a long time could cause the batteryto discharge, especially during stop–and–go driving. The defogger is not designedfor drying rain water or for melting snow.

NOTICE

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, turn the switch offwhen the engine is not running.

� When cleaning the inside of therear window, be careful not toscratch or damage the heater wiresor connectors.

� When the soft top is completelylowered, keep the rear window de-fogger turned off to avoid damageto the top.

03 07.07


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSGauges, Meters and Service reminder indicatorsFuel gauge 74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine coolant temperature gauge 74. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tachometer 75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Odometer and two trip meters 75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 77. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 1– 6


Fuel gauge

SB15009a

Low fuel levelwarning light

The gauge indicates the approximatequantity of the fuel remaining in thetank when the ignition switch is on.

Nearly full—Needle at “F”Nearly empty—Needle at “E”

It is a good idea to keep the tank over1/4 full.

The needle moves when braking, acceler-ating or making turns. This is cause bythe movement of the fuel in the tank.

If the fuel level approaches “E” or the lowfuel level warning light comes on, fill thefuel tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gaugeneedle may fluctuate or the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fillthe fuel tank immediately.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

SB15007a

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature when the ignition switch ison. The engine operating temperaturewill vary with changes in weather andengine load.

If the needle moves to the “H” position,your engine is too hot. If your vehicleoverheats, stop your vehicle and allow theengine to cool.

Your vehicle may overheat during severeoperating conditions, such as:

� Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

� Reducing speed or stopping after highspeed driving.

� Idling for a long period with the airconditioning on in stop–and–go traffic.

03 07.07

Engine coolant temperaturegauge


If the engine coolant temperature gaugeneedle is not displayed, there may be aproblem in the system. In this case, con-tact your Toyota dealer as soon as pos-sible.

NOTICE

� Do not remove the thermostat inthe engine cooling system as thismay cause the engine to overheat.The thermostat is designed to con-trol the flow of coolant to keep thetemperature of the engine withinthe specified operating range.

� Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. See “If yourvehicle overheats” on page 166 inSection 4.

Tachometer

SB15008

The tachometer indicates engine speedin thousands of rpm (revolutions perminute). Use it while driving to selectcorrect shift points and to prevent en-gine lugging and over–revving.

Driving with the engine running too fastcauses excessive engine wear and poorfuel economy. Remember, in most casesthe slower the engine speed, the greaterthe fuel economy.

NOTICE

Do not let the indicator needle getinto the red zone. This may causesevere engine damage.

Odometer and two trip meters

SB15005

This meter displays the odometer andtwo trip meters.

1. Odometer—Shows the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip meters—Show two differentdistances independently driven sincethe last time each trip meter was setto zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculatethe fuel economy and the other tomeasure the distance on each trip. Alltrip meter data is cancelled if the elec-trical power source is disconnected.

03 07.07


3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the twotrip meters to zero, and also changethe meter display.

To change the meter display, quicklypush and release the knob. The meterdisplay changes in the order from theodometer to trip meter A to trip meterB, then back to the odometer eachtime you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-play the trip meter A reading, thenpush and hold the knob until the meteris set to zero. The same process canbe applied for resetting the trip meterB.

03 07.07


Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers

If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(a) If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(b) Fasten driver’s seat belt.

(c) Fasten passenger’s seat belt.

(d) Stop and check.

(e) Stop and check.

(f) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(g) Low fuel level warning light Fill up tank. (See “Fuel gauge” on page 74 in this Section.)

(h) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately. If the vehicle cannot be driven, contact yourToyota dealer.

03 07.07


If the indicator or buzzer comes on... Do this.

(i) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(j) Close both the doors.

(k) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.

(l) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(m) Key reminder buzzer Remove key.

(n) Light reminder buzzer Turn off lights.

(o) Warning function of thesequential manual transmission

See “Sequential manual transmission” on page 85 in Section 1–6.

03 07.07


(a) Brake System Warning Light

This light comes on in the following caseswhen the ignition key is in the “ON” posi-tion.

� When the parking brake is applied...

� When the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue drivingnormally when the brake fluid level islow.

Have your vehicle checked at yourToyota dealer in the following case:

� The light does not come on even if theparking brake is applied when the igni-tion key is in the “ON” position.

CAUTION

If the light does not turn off evenafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running, immedi-ately stop your vehicle at a safeplace and contact your Toyota dealer.In this case, the brakes may not workproperly and your stopping distancewill become longer. Depress the brakepedal firmly and bring the vehicle toan immediate stop.

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Lightand Buzzer

This light and buzzer remind you tobuckle up the driver’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or“START”, the reminder light flashes andbuzzer sounds if the driver’s seat belt isnot fastened. Unless the driver fastens thebelt, the light keeps flashing and thebuzzer stops after about 4 to 8 seconds.

(c) Passenger’s Seat Belt ReminderLight

This light reminds you to buckle up thepassenger’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or“START”, the reminder light flashes if apassenger sits in the passenger seat anddoes not fasten the seat belt. Unless thepassenger fastens the belt, the light staysflashing. However, if a passenger uses anadditional seat cushion, the light may notflash even when the seat belt is notbuckled up.

If luggage or other load is placed on thepassenger seat, depending on its weightand how it is placed on the seat, built–insensors in the seat cushion may detectthe pressure, causing the reminder light tocome on.

(d) Discharge Warning Light

This light warns that the battery is beingdischarged.

If it comes on while you are driving, thereis a problem somewhere in the chargingsystem.

The engine ignition will continue to oper-ate, however, until the battery is dis-charged. Turn off the air conditioning,blower, radio, etc., and drive directly tothe nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.

03 07.07


NOTICE

Do not continue driving if the enginedrive belt is broken or loose.

(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure WarningLight

This light warns that the engine oil pres-sure is too low.

If it flickers or stays on while you aredriving, pull off the road to a safe placeand stop the engine immediately. Call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

The light may occasionally flicker whenthe engine is idling or it may come onbriefly after a hard stop. There is nocause for concern if it then goes out whenthe engine is accelerated slightly.

The light may come on when the oil levelis extremely low. It is not designed toindicate low oil level, and the oil levelmust be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with thewarning light on—even for one block.It may ruin the engine.

(f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the ignitionkey is turned to the “ON” position andgoes off after the engine starts. Thismeans that the warning light system isoperation properly.

If the lamp remains on, or the lampcomes on while driving, first check thefollowing.

� Empty fuel tank

If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-ately.

� Loose fuel tank cap

If the fuel tank cap is loose, securelytighten it.

These cases are temporary malfunctions.The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips.

If the lamp will not go off even after sev-eral trips, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

If the fuel tank is not empty or the fueltank cap is not loose...

� There is a problem somewhere in theengine, emission control system, elec-tronic throttle control system, automatictransmission electrical system or warn-ing light system itself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to service the vehicle.

If the engine speed does not increase withthe accelerator pedal depressed down toabout the middle position, there may bea problem somewhere in your electronicthrottle control system.

At this time, if you depress the accelera-tor pedal more firmly and slowly, you candrive your vehicle at low speeds. Haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er as soon as possible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe ignition key is turned to “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

Emissions lnspection and Maintenance(I/M) programs

Your vehicle may not pass a state emis-sion inspection if the malfunction indicatorlamp remains on. Contact your Toyotadealer to check your vehicle’s emissioncontrol system and OBD (On–Board Diag-nostics) system before taking your vehiclefor the inspection.

For details, see “Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs” in Section 6.

03 07.07


(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This light comes on when the fuel levelin the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill upthe tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

(h) “Sequential Manual Transmission”Warning Light (Sequential manualtransmission only)

This light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to the “ON” position. Aftera few seconds, the light will go off. Thismeans the sequential manual transmissionsystem is operating properly.

In case the “Sequential ManualTransmission” warning light comes on, pulloff the road, stop the engine and contactyour Toyota dealer. Although you may beable to drive your vehicle, the vehicle mayjerk when shifted or the clutch may notengage properly, causing the vehicle tojerk due to the malfunction. In somecases the shift requirement may becanceled, and the gear may be locked.

(i) “ABS” Warning Light

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti–lock brake system works properly, thelight turns off after a few seconds. There-after, if the system malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionsomewhere in the parts monitored bythe warning light system. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or remains on.

� The light comes on while you are driv-ing.

A warning light turning on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

(j) Open Door Warning Light

This light remains on until both the doorsare completely closed.

(k) SRS Warning Light

This light will come on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.After about 6 seconds, the light will gooff. This means the systems of the air-bag and seat belt pretensioners are op-erating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, seat belt pretensioner assemblies,inflators, warning light, interconnecting wir-ing and power sources.

If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction somewhere inthe parts monitored by the warning lightsystem. Contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible to service the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or the light remains on.

� The light comes on or flashes whiledriving.

03 07.07


(l) Power Steering System WarningLight

This light warns that there is a problemin your power steering system.

If the light comes on while you are driv-ing, have your vehicle checked by yourToyota dealer as soon as possible.

(m) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer reminds you to remove thekey when you open the driver’s door withthe ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”position.

(n) Light reminder buzzer

The buzzer will sound if the headlightswitch is left on and the driver’s door isopened with the key removed from theignition switch.

(o) Warning function of the SequentialManual Transmission (sequentialmanual transmission only)

When driving, if any incorrect operationthat may cause damage to this system isperformed or if the gear is not shifted asdesired by the driver, the warning buzzerwill sound and the gear position indicatorwill flash to warn the driver in somecases. For details, see “(k) Warningfunctions” on page 94 in Section 1–6.

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDERINDICATORS (except the low fuel levelwarning light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Open either side door.The open door warning light shouldcome on.

3. Close the door.The open door warning light should gooff.

4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but donot start the engine.All the service reminder indicators ex-cept the open door warning light shouldcome on. The “ABS” and power steer-ing system warning lights go off aftera few seconds. The SRS warning lightgoes off after about 6 seconds.

If any service reminder indicator or warn-ing buzzer does not function as describedabove, have it checked by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible.

03 07.07


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSIgnition switch, Transmission and Parking brakeIgnition switch with steering lock 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sequential manual transmission 85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual transmission 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake 97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cruise control 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 1– 7


SB16007

“START”—Starter motor on. The keywill return to the “ON” position whenreleased.

For starting tips, see page 153 in Section3.

“ON”—Engine on and all accessorieson.

This is the normal driving position.

“ACC”—Accessories such as the radiooperate, but the engine is off.

If you leave the key in the “ACC” or“LOCK” position and open the driver’sdoor, a buzzer will remind you to removethe key.

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steeringwheel is locked. The key can be re-moved only at this position.

You must push in the key to turn it from“ACC” to the “LOCK” position.

Once you remove the key, the engine im-mobilizer system is automatically set. (See“Engine immobilizer system” on page 10in Section 1–2.)

When starting the engine, the key mayseem stuck at the “LOCK” position. Tofree it, first be sure the key is pushed allthe way in, and then rock the steeringwheel slightly while turning the key gently.

CAUTION

Never remove the key when the ve-hicle is moving, as this will lock thesteering wheel and result in loss ofsteering control.

NOTICE

Do not leave the key in the “ON”position if the engine is not running.The battery will discharge and theignition could be damaged.

03 07.07

Ignition switch with steeringlock


The sequential manual transmission is a6–speed forward/reverse transmission.With the basics of the traditional manualtransmission, the clutch operation andshifting are controlled electronically. Thesystem has the following features:

� The electronically controlled clutch op-eration and transmission enables gearshift by the operation of the selectorlever (or the steering switch) only.

� When starting the engine, turn the igni-tion switch to the “ON” position. Whileholding down the brake pedal firmly,shift the selector lever to the “N” posi-tion. Make sure that the “N” indicatorin the instrument cluster comes on,and then start the engine. In case theselector lever is in a position otherthan “N”, or the if the brake pedal isnot held down, the engine cannot bestarted.

� Sequential manual transmission willdownshift to 2nd or 1st automaticallywhen the speed is reduced less thanthe fixed speed with the shift lever in“S” position.

To understand this unique system and op-eration method of the sequential manualtransmission, read this section thoroughlybefore driving.

SD16017

The sequential manual transmission has ashift lock system. This system locks theselector lever to keep the transmissiongear and the selector lever position in thesame position when the ignition switch isturned to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.However, if the selector lever is locked inthe “S” position, the lever can be movedto the “+” or “–” direction, but the gearwill not be actually shifted.

(a) Selector lever

“R”: Reverse

“N”: Neutral and engine starting

“S”: Sequential driving (normal driving)

“+”: UpshiftingPull the selector lever to the “+”direction and release it. Everytime the lever is operated, thetransmission is upshifted 1 step inthe order of 1st � 2nd � 3rd �

4th � 5th � 6th gear.

“–”: DownshiftingPush the selector lever to the “–”direction and release it. Everytime the lever is operated, thetransmission is downshifted in theorder of 6th � 5th � 4th �

3rd � 2nd � 1st gear.

The gear position is displayed on the gearposition indicator. The gear position indica-tor shows the transmission gear position.Before starting off, always make sure byusing the gear position indicator that thegear is engaged in 1st or reverse, thendepress the accelerator pedal.

03 07.07

Sequential manualtransmission


SB16018

(b) Transmission shift switches

UP: Upshift switches (Back of the steeringwheel)

Push the upshift switch on the back of thesteering wheel. Every time the switch isoperated, the transmission is shifted up 1step in the order of 1st � 2nd � 3rd �

4th � 5th � 6th gear.

DOWN: Downshift switches (Face of thesteering wheel)

Push the downshift switch on the face ofthe steering wheel. Every time the switchis operated, the transmission is down-shifted 1 step in the order of 6th � 5th� 4th � 3rd � 2nd � 1st gear.

Gear shift from “1st” to “6th” by the steer-ing switch is possible when the selectorlever is in the “S” position. The gear posi-tion is displayed on the gear position indi-cator. The gear position indicator showsthe transmission gear position.

(c) System Operation

When the driver’s door is opened, thesystem is activated, and the motor pumpoperates to accumulate pressure. The sys-tem enters stand–by mode when the accu-mulated pressure reaches the specifiedlevel. A motor sound may be heard fromthe engine compartment at this time, butit does not indicate malfunction. The motorwill stop after a certain period of time.

SD16018a

Selector lever

03 07.07


SB16019a

Transmission shift switches

(d) Upshift and downshift

The sequential manual transmission is notan automatic transmission (A/T), therefore,the gears are not shifted automatically. Toshift the transmission, the driver must op-erate the selector lever to the “+” or “–”direction, or the steering switch with theselector lever in the “S” position. Whendriving, the driver should shift the gear atthe most appropriate timing. As on thetraditional manual transmission vehicles,releasing the accelerator pedal a little willhelp the transmission to upshift smoothly.

Upshift: Pull the selector lever to the “+”direction and release it (or push the up-shift switch on the back of the steeringwheel.) Every time the switch or the leveris operated, the transmission is upshifted1 step in the order of 1st � 2nd � 3rd� 4th � 5th � 6th gear.

Downshift: Push the selector lever to the“–” direction and release it (or push thedownshift switch on the face of the steer-ing wheel.) Every time the switch or thelever is operated, the transmission isdownshifted 1 step in the order of 6th �

5th � 4th � 3rd � 2nd � 1st gear.

In case of operating the selector lever andswitch operation on the steering wheel atthe same time, the selector lever opera-tion has priority. In case of operating thetwo switches of upshifting or downshiftingon the steering wheel at the same time,it is regarded to operate the switch once.Also, in case of operating the upshift anddownshift switches on the steering wheelat the same time, demand is canceled andno shifting is performed.

� To shift down smoothly, the engineruns fast in some cases. This is doneintentionally by the system and is nota malfunction.

� When the accumulated pressure of theactuator is consumed due to shiftingoperation, and the pressure decreasesto a specified level, the pump motorstarts running again. A motor soundmay be heard from the engine compart-ment at this time, but it does not indi-cate malfunction.

� When driving down a hill, downshiftand use the engine brakes appropriate-ly. If necessary, continuous shifting-down is possible. However, if down-shifting more than 3 steps continuously,the gear shifting will take more time.

03 07.07


� When the outside temperature is ex-tremely low, the gear may not down-shift from 2nd to 1st until the vehiclestops.

� In case the gear jumps out of positionwhile driving, the system will shift thegear where it was before it jumps out.

� If operating the selector lever to the“N” position while driving, and operatingit to the “S” position again, the gearwill be shifted to its most proper posi-tion in accordance with the speed.

� In case the transmission cannot be en-gaged to a certain gear position duringshifting due to mechanical malfunction,the system will disengage the gear fora few seconds, and select the nextgear. Therefore, the vehicle may notaccelerate according to the driver’sintention.

Recommended shifting speeds

For the best compromise between fueleconomy and vehicle performance, youshould upshift or downshift at approxi-mately the following speeds;

gear km/h (mph)1 to 2 or 2 to 1 24 (15)2 to 3 or 3 to 2 40 (25)3 to 4 or 4 to 3 64 (40)4 to 5 or 5 to 4 72 (45)5 to 6 or 6 to 5 81 (50)

Upshifting too soon or downshifting toolate will cause lugging, and possibly ping-ing. Regularly revving the engine to maxi-mum speed in each gear will cause ex-cessive engine wear and high fuelconsumption.

Minimum allowable speeds

Try to keep speed higher than that shownbelow. When the speed comes to de-crease the speed shown below, do down-shift.

gear km/h (mph)3 30 (19)4 40 (25)5 50 (31)6 56 (35)

NOTICE

If driving at the speed lower than thatshown above at each gear position, itmay cause early wear of the clutch.

Maximum allowable speeds

To get on a highway or to pass slowertraffic, maximum acceleration may be nec-essary. Make sure you observe the follow-ing maximum allowable speeds in eachgear:

gear km/h (mph)1 53 (33)2 88 (55)3 120 (75)4 163 (101)

03 07.07


CAUTION

� Be careful when accelerating, up-shifting, downshifting or braking ona slippery surface. Sudden accelera-tion or engine braking could causethe vehicle to spin or skid.

� To drive down a long or steep hill,reduce your speed and downshift.Remember, if you ride the brakesexcessively, they may overheat andfail.

� Do not place the selector lever inthe “N” position while driving.Otherwise the engine brake may notwork, and you may get involved inan unexpected accident.

� Do not apply the parking brakewhile driving. Otherwise, it couldcause a skid and you may get in-volved in an unexpected accident.

NOTICE

� The system will not allow shiftingup or down to a gear that wouldcause engine over–revving or un-der–revving. When engine over–rev-ving occurs, a warning buzzer(short pulse sound) will sound. Ineither case, the demand will be can-celled.

� If frequently driving at low speedusing a high gear position, a warn-ing buzzer (long pulse sound) willsound. Such driving will cause thereduction of clutch life.

� Frequent downshifting (more than 3positions continuously) causes thereduction of transmission life.

� Do not drive with your foot on thebrake pedal. Otherwise, it will causethe “Sequential manualtransmission” warning light to comeon.

(e) Starting off

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” on page 154 inSection 3.

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to the “S”position properly. When the selector le-ver is shifted to “S” position, the gearwill be shifted to 1st. On a slipperysurface, it is possible to start off withthe gear in 2nd. To start off with thegear in 2nd, shift the selector leverfrom “N” to “S” position, then operatethe lever to “+” direction. The gear willbe shifted to 2nd. Before starting off,always make sure that the gear is en-gaged by the gear position indicator,then depress the accelerator pedal.

If the gear cannot be engaged to 1stwhen the selector lever is shifted fromthe “N” to “S” position, the “N” indica-tor will flash and a warning buzzer(long pulse sound) will sound. In thiscase, the system will re–try shifting orthe driver can operate the selector le-ver to shift, as follows.

� The system will re–try shifting automat-ically. This will take some time, noisemay be heard from the gears, and shiftshock may occur. However, they do notindicate malfunction.

� The driver may shift the selector leverto the “N” position once, then shift tothe “S” position.

03 07.07


3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

CAUTION

Unlike automatic transmission mod-els, the sequential manual transmis-sion models do not creep.

NOTICE

� On a slippery surface, it is possibleto start off with the gear in 2nd,but to protect the clutch, try tostart using the 1st gear wheneverpossible.

� If the gear cannot be engaged to1st when the selector lever isshifted from the “N” to “S” posi-tion, try to shift the selector leverto the “N” position once, then shiftit to “S” position a few secondslater.

(f) Starting off on an uphill/downhill

—Uphill

1. Apply the parking brake firmly so thatthe vehicle does not roll backwards.

2. Shift the selector lever to the “S” posi-tion while holding down the brake pe-dal. Make sure that the gear positionindicator in the instrumental cluster dis-plays 1st gear.

3. Release the brake pedal and depressthe accelerator pedal gradually, andwhen the vehicle starts to move, re-lease the parking brake and depressthe accelerator pedal to start off.

—Downhill

1. Hold down the brake pedal and shiftthe selector lever to the “S” position.Make sure by using the gear positionindicator that the gear is in 1st.

2. Release the brake pedal, and depressthe accelerator pedal slowly. Eventhough the accelerator pedal is not de-pressed, when the vehicle speed in-creases, the clutch will be engagedand the engine brake will be applied.

CAUTION

Unlike automatic transmission mod-els, the sequential manual transmis-sion models will not creep.

NOTICE

Do not hold the vehicle on an uphillwith the accelerator pedal applied.Doing so may damage the clutch. Al-ways use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

03 07.07


SD16019

(g) Backing up

While holding down the brake pedal, shiftthe selector lever to the “R” position. Thereverse warning buzzer will sound at thistime. Depress the accelerator pedal slow-ly, as when starting off. Before driving off,make sure by using the gear position indi-cator that the gear is in reverse.

When the gear will not engage eventhough the selector lever is shifted to the“R” from “N” position, the “N” indicator willflash and a warning buzzer (long pulsesound) will sound. In this case, the sys-tem will re–try shifting, or the driver canoperate the selector lever to shift, as fol-lows.

� The system will re–try shifting automat-ically. This will take some time, noisemay be heard from the gears, and shiftshock may occur. However, they do notindicate malfunction.

� The driver can shift the selector leverto the “N” position once, then shift tothe “R” position.

NOTICE

� The system will not allow shiftingto the “R” position if the vehiclespeed is over 3 km/h (2 mph). Incase the selector lever is operatedunder this condition, the “N” indica-tor in the instrument cluster willflash. However, when the vehiclespeed drops below 3 km/h (2 mph),the gear is shifted to reverse. Makesure that the vehicle has stoppedcompletely before shifting to the“R” position.

� Do not hold the vehicle on an uphillwith the accelerator pedal applied.Doing so may damage the clutch.Always use the brake pedal or park-ing brake.

� If the gear cannot be engaged toreverse when the selector lever isshifted from the “N” to “R” posi-tion, try to shift the selector leverto the “N” position once, then shiftit to “R” position a few secondslater.

(h) Stopping

The vehicle can be stopped by depressingthe brake pedal regardless of the gearposition. This is because the clutch isautomatically disengaged to prevent theengine from stopping. If the selector leveris in the “S” position, the gear will bedownshifted to 1st when the vehicle stops.However, if you do not drive the vehicleover 40 km/h (24 mph) or convert thedrive position after starting with the gearin 2nd, the gear will not be downshiftedto 1st when the vehicle stops the nexttime and the gear is left in 2nd.

When stopping, for example, at a trafficlight, be sure to shift the selector lever tothe “N” position, and depress the brakepedal firmly. For your safety, apply parkingbrake, too, when stopping on a hill.

03 07.07


If you stop for more than 90 seconds withthe selector lever in the “S” position with-out holding down the brake pedal whilethe engine is running, a warning buzzer(long pulse sound) will sound, and the “N”indicator in the instrument cluster willflash, and the system will automaticallyshift the transmission gear to the neutralgear position.

If the driver’s door is opened with theselector lever in the “S” position withoutdepressing the brake pedal, warning buzz-er (long pulse sound) will also sound. 10seconds later, the “N” indicator in the in-strument cluster will also flash, and thesystem will automatically shift the trans-mission gear to the neutral gear position.

The gear will resume to 1st or 2nd whenthe system is operated as follows:

� Brake pedal “ON”: The gear positionbefore the system selected the “N”position is resumed.

� Operate the selector lever to the “+”direction: Resume to 2nd gear.

� Operate the selector lever to the “–”direction: Resume to 1st gear.

� Push upshift switch on the steeringwheel: Resume to 2nd gear.

� Push downshift switch on the steeringwheel.: Resume to 1st gear.

� “S”�“N”�“S”: Resume to 1st gear.

When starting off again, always confirmthe gear position by the gear position indi-cator.

CAUTION

� Unlike automatic transmission mod-els, the sequential manual transmis-sion models do not creep.

� When racing the engine, make surethat the gear position is in the “N”position by the gear position indica-tor. In case the accelerator is oper-ated with the gear in any otherposition, the vehicle may move re-sulting in an unexpected accident.

� When you stop the vehicle, hold thebrake pedal down or shift the selec-tor lever to the “N” position. If theselector lever is left in the “S”position without depressing thebrake pedal for more than 90 sec-onds while stopping, a warningbuzzer (long pulse sound) willsound, and the “N” position indica-tor in the instrument cluster willflash, and the system will automati-cally shift the transmission gear tothe neutral gear position. If thishappens on a hill, when starting offthe vehicle, the vehicle may moveunexpectedly and cause an acci-dent.

� Do not leave your vehicle unat-tended while the engine is running.

03 07.07


� When leaving the vehicle, stop theengine and park the vehicle withthe gear engaged. In case you needto leave the vehicle with the enginerunning, apply the parking brakesfirmly, and shift the selector leverin the “N” position. When the driv-er’s door is opened with the selec-tor lever in the “S” position whilestopping with the engine running,warning buzzer (long pulse sound)will sound. 10 seconds later, the“N” indicator in the instrumentcluster will also flash, and the sys-tem will automatically shift thetransmission gear to the neutralgear position. If this happens on ahill when starting off the vehicle,the vehicle may move unexpectedlyand cause an accident.

NOTICE

� Do not hold or stop the vehicle ona hill with the accelerator pedal ap-plied. Otherwise, the warning buzz-er (long pulse sound) will sound,and in some cases the engine willstall. It will also cause excessivedamage to the clutch.

� If the selector lever is operatedmore than necessary, the systemmay not allow operation of the se-lector lever for a certain period oftime, and the gear may not beshifted appropriately. Therefore, donot operate the selector lever if notnecessary.

(i) Parking

Unlike the automatic transmission, the se-quential manual transmission does nothave a parking position. The vehicle canbe parked with the selector lever in anyposition. Apply the parking brake firmly,and while depressing the brake pedal,shift the selector lever into the “R” posi-tion on a level or downhill, and into the“S(1)” position on an uphill.

SD16020

1: Uphill2: Level or downhill

To stop the engine:Check the transmission gear position bythe gear position indicator, then turn theignition switch off to stop the engine. Re-lease the brake pedal after a few sec-onds. The selector lever will be locked inthe position just before the ignition switchwas turned off.

You can check the gear position by thegear position indicator within 5 secondsafter turning the ignition switch off.

03 07.07


CAUTION

In case the gear shift is not com-pleted before the ignition switch isturned off, the gear may not be en-gaged properly preventing the vehiclefrom parking with gear. When park-ing, always confirm the gear positionby the gear position indicator. On alevel surface or a downhill, the gearshould be put in reverse, and in the1st on an uphill. Otherwise, the ve-hicle may move, and cause an unex-pected accident. If the gear is left inthe neutral gear position, the vehiclecan not be parked with the gear en-gaged.

(j) Cancel from parking with gear

Depress the brake pedal, and turn theignition switch to the “ON” position. Theselector lever lock will be released.

Then, shift the selector lever to the “N”position. The gear will be disengaged.

(k) Warning Functions

A warning buzzer will sound or the indica-tor will flash under the following condi-tions:

Warning buzzer (long pulse sound)

� It may sound when the selector leveris shifted to the “S” or “R” positionwhile racing the engine.

� The clutch is heated with excessiveload.

� The ignition switch is turned to the“OFF” position with the gear in 2nd oreither 3rd, 4th, 5th or 6th.

In this case, turn the ignition switch to the“ON” position once and shift the selectorlever to the “S” or “R” position, then turnthe ignition switch to “OFF” position.

� During a stop, the driver’s door isopened with the selector lever in the“S” position while the engine is run-ning.

Warning buzzer (short pulse sound)

� The transmission is shifted down to agear where the engine is over–revving.

SD16021

“N” indicator flashing

� The selector lever is shifted to the “R”position while the vehicle speed is over3 km/h (2 mph).

� The selector lever is shifted to the “S”from “R” position while backing up withthe vehicle speed over 8 km/h (5 mph).

� The selector lever is operated exces-sively and continuously, then shifted tothe “S” or “R” position.

In this case, shift the selector lever to the“N” position once, and wait for a few sec-onds, shift the selector lever again to the“S” or “R” position.

03 07.07


� The selector lever is shifted from the“N” position to the “S” or “R” positionsoon after starting the engine.

In this case, shift the selector lever to the“N” position once, and after a few sec-onds, shift the selector lever again to the“S” or “R” position.

� When the selector lever is shifted tothe “S” position while starting the en-gine, the selector lever position andthe gear position do not match.

In this case, shift the selector lever to the“N” position once and confirm that theengine has started. Then, shift the selec-tor lever to the “S” or “R” position.

� At the same time when turning the igni-tion switch to the “ON” position andshifting the selector lever from the “N”position to the “S” or “R” position.

In this case, shift the selector lever to the“N” position once, then shift the selectorlever again to the “S” or “R” position.

� At the same time when turning the igni-tion switch to the “OFF” position andshifting the selector lever from the “N”to the “S” or “R” position.

In this case, turn the ignition “ON” beforeoperate the shift lever. Shift the selectorlever to the “N” position once, then shiftthe selector lever again to the “S” or “R”position.

“N” indicator flashing and warningbuzzer (long pulse sound) beeping.

� The system is re–trying shift operationfrom the “N” to “S” or “R” position dueto shift failure.

� Stopping for more than 90 secondswithout depressing the brake pedal,while the engine is running with theselector lever in the “S” position.

� 10 seconds after the driver’s door isopened with the selector lever in the“S” position while the engine is run-ning.

� Turn the ignition switch to the “OFF”position and shift the selector leverfrom the “N” to “S” position at thesame time.

If this condition lasts for a long time, shiftthe selector lever to the “N” position onceand shift the selector lever again to the“S” or “R” position.

SD16022

“1st” indicator blinking

� At the same time when turning the igni-tion switch to the “ON” position andshifting the selector lever from the “S”position to the “N” or “R” position.

� At the same time when turning the igni-tion switch to the “OFF” position andshifting the selector lever from the “S”to “N” position.

In this case, shift the selector lever to the“S” position once, then shift the selectorlever again to the “N” position.

03 07.07


SD16023

“R” indicator blinking

� At the same time when turning the igni-tion switch to the “ON” position andshifting the selector lever from the “R”position to the “N” or “S” position.

� At the same time when turning the igni-tion switch to the “OFF” position andshifting the selector lever from the “R”to “N” position.

In this case, shift the selector lever to the“R” position once, then shift the selectorlever again to the “N” position.

Manual transmission

SB16017c

The shift pattern is as shown above.

Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, and then release it slowly. Do notrest your foot on the pedal while driving,because it will cause clutch trouble. Anddo not use the clutch to hold the vehiclewhen stopped on an uphill grade—use theparking brake.

Recommended shifting speeds

The transmission is fully synchronized andupshifting or downshifting is easy.

For the best compromise between fueleconomy and vehicle performance, youshould upshift or downshift at the followingspeeds:

gear km/h (mph)1 to 2 or 2 to 1 24 (15)2 to 3 or 3 to 2 40 (25)3 to 4 or 4 to 3 64 (40)4 to 5 or 5 to 4 72 (45)

Downshift to the appropriate gear if accel-eration is needed when you are cruisingbelow the above downshifting speeds.

Upshifting too soon or downshifting toolate will cause lugging, and possibly ping-ing. Regularly revving the engine to maxi-mum speed in each gear will cause ex-cessive engine wear and high fuelconsumption.

Maximum allowable speeds

To get on a highway or to pass slowertraffic, maximum acceleration may be nec-essary. Make sure you observe the follow-ing maximum allowable speeds in eachgear:

gear km/h (mph)1 53 (33)2 88 (55)3 120 (75)4 163 (101)

03 07.07


NOTICE

Do not downshift if you are goingfaster than the maximum allowablespeed for the next lower gear.

Good driving practice

If it is difficult to shift into reverse, putthe transmission in neutral, release theclutch pedal momentarily, and then tryagain.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to spin orskid.

NOTICE

Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into reverse.

Parking brake

SB16008

When parking, firmly apply the parkingbrake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

To set: Pull up the lever. For better hold-ing power, first depress the brake pedaland hold it while setting the parkingbrake.To release: Pull up the lever slightly (1),press the lock release button (2), and low-er (3).

To remind you that the parking brake isset, the parking brake reminder light inthe instrument panel remains on until yourelease the parking brake.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the park-ing brake reminder light is off.

03 07.07


Cruise controlThe cruise control allows you to cruisethe vehicle at a desired speed over 40km/h (25 mph) even with your foot offthe accelerator pedal.

Your cruising speed can be maintained upor down grades within the limits of engineperformance, although a slight speedchange may occur when driving up ordown the grades. On steeper hills, agreater speed change will occur so it isbetter to drive without the cruise control.

CAUTION

� To help maintain maximum controlof your vehicle, do not use thecruise control when driving inheavy or varying traffic, or on slip-pery (rainy, icy or snow–covered) orwinding roads.

� Avoid vehicle speed increases whendriving downhill. If the vehiclespeed is too fast in relation to thecruise control set speed, cancel thecruise control then downshift thetransmission to use engine brakingto slow down.

SB16010

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON

To operate the cruise control, press the“CRUISE ON–OFF” button. This turns thesystem on. The indicator light in theinstrument panel shows that you can nowset the vehicle at a desired cruisingspeed. Another press will turn the systemcompletely off.

CAUTION

To avoid accidental cruise control en-gagement, keep the “CRUISE ON–OFF” switch off when not using thecruise control.

SB16011

SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED

On vehicles with sequential manual trans-mission, the gear position must be “5” or“6” before you set the cruise controlspeed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”direction and release it. This sets the ve-hicle at that speed. If the speed is notsatisfactory, tap the lever up for a fasterspeed, or tap it down for a slower speed.Each tap changes the set speed by 1.6km/h (1.0 mph). You can now take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal.

03 07.07


If you need acceleration—for example,when passing—depress the acceleratorpedal enough for the vehicle to exceedthe set speed. When you release it, thevehicle will return to the speed set priorto the acceleration.

CAUTION

While driving with the cruise controlon, do not shift to the “N” position,as this may cause engine racing oroverrevving.

CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED

You can cancel the preset speed by:

a. Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL”direction and releasing it.

b. Depressing the brake pedal.

c. Shifting upward or downward.

If the vehicle speed falls below about 40km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will auto-matically cancel out.

If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10mph) below the preset speed, the presetspeed will also automatically cancel out.

If the preset speed automatically cancelsout other than for the above cases, haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er at the earliest opportunity.

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push the lever up in the “RES/ACC” direc-tion and hold it. Release the lever whenthe desired speed is attained. While thelever is held upward, the vehicle will grad-ually gain speed.

However, a faster way to reset is to ac-celerate the vehicle and then push thelever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”direction and hold it. Release the leverwhen the desired speed is attained. Whilethe lever is held down, the vehicle speedwill gradually decrease.

However, a faster way to reset is to de-press the brake pedal and then push thelever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.

RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED

If the preset speed is cancelled by pullingthe control lever, by depressing the brakepedal, or by shifting upward or downwardthe selector lever, pushing the lever up inthe “RES/ACC” direction will restore thespeed set prior to cancellation.

However, once the vehicle speed falls be-low about 40 km/h (25 mph), the presetspeed will not be resumed.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If the “CRUISE” indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes when using thecruise control, press the “CRUISE ON–OFF” button to turn the system off andthen press it again to turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then oc-curs, there is some trouble in the cruisecontrol system.

� The indicator light does not come on.

� The indicator light flashes again.

� The indicator light goes out after itcomes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyotadealer and have your vehicle inspected.

03 07.07


03 07.07


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSCar audio systemReference 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using your audio system 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Car audio system operating hints 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 1– 8


Reference

Z17041

AM·FM radio/cassette player/compact discplayer (with compact disc changer con-troller)

This section describes some of the basicfeatures on Toyota audio systems. Someinformation may not pertain to your sys-tem.

Your audio system works when the ignitionkey is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off.

Push “AM”, “FM”, “FM1”, “FM2”, “TAPE”,“DISC” or “LOAD” to turn on that functionwithout pushing “PWR·VOL”. To turn onthe cassette or compact disc player, acassette or compact disc must be loadedin the player.

You can turn on each player by insertinga cassette tape or compact disc.

You can turn off each player by ejectingthe cassette tape or compact disc. If theaudio system was previously off, then theentire audio system will be turned offwhen you eject the cassette tape or com-pact disc. If the another function was pre-viously playing, it will come on again.

SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS

Push “AM”, “FM”, “FM1”, “FM2”, “TAPE”,“DISC” or “LOAD” if the system is alreadyon but you want to switch from one func-tion to another.

TONE AND BALANCE

For details about your system’s tone andbalance controls, see the description ofyour own system.

Tone

How good an audio program sounds toyou is largely determined by the mix ofthe treble, midrange and bass levels. Infact, different kinds of music and vocalprograms usually sound better with differ-ent mixes of treble, midrange and bass.

Balance

A good balance of the left and right stereochannels and of the front and rear soundlevels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening toa stereo recording or broadcast, changingthe right/left balance will increase the vol-ume of one group of sounds while de-creasing the volume of another.

03 07.07

Using your audio system——Some basics


YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

To lower the power antenna, turn off theaudio system by pushing “PWR·VOL”, orturn the ignition key to “LOCK”.

YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER

When you insert a cassette, the exposedtape should face to the right.

NOTICE

Do not oil any part of the player anddo not insert anything other than cas-sette tapes into the slot, or the tapeplayer may be damaged.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER

When you insert a disc, gently push it inwith the label side up. (The player willautomatically eject a disc if the label sideis down.) The player will play from track1 through the end of the disc. Then it willplay from track 1 again. On models withthe compact disc changer, next disc willbe played from track 1.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything other than com-pact discs into the slot.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm(4.7 in.) discs only.

03 07.07


—Controls and featuresDetails of specific buttons, controls andfeatures are described in the alphabeticallist that follows.

03 07.07

Z17047


1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune inthe desired station. (See “TUNE” or“SEEK”.) Push and hold down the buttonuntil you hear a beep—this will set thestation to the button. The button numberwill appear on the display.

To recall a preset station: Push the buttonfor the station you want. The button num-ber and station frequency will appear onthe display.

(Eject button)

Push the cassette tape eject button toeject a cassette. Push the compact disceject button to eject a compact disc.

(Program)

Push “ ” to select the other side of acassette tape. The display indicates whichside is currently selected (“ ” indicates

top side, “ ” indicates bottom side).

Auto–reverse feature: After the cassetteplayer reaches the end of a tape side, itautomatically reverses and begins to playthe other side. This is true whether thecassette was playing or fast forwarding.

(Reverse/Fast forward buttons)

Cassette Player

Push “ ” (preset button 6) to fast–for-ward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear onthe display. Push “ ” (preset button 5)to rewind a tape. “REW” will appear onthe display.

To stop the tape while it is fast–forward-

ing, push “ ” or “TAPE” button. To stop

the tape while it is rewinding, push “ ”or “TAPE” button.

If a tape rewinds completely, the cassetteplayer will stop and then play that sameside. If a tape fast–forwards completely,the cassette will play the other side of thetape using the auto–reverse feature.

Compact Disc Player

Push and hold “ ” (preset button 6) or

“ ” (preset button 5) to fast forward orreverse within a compact disc. When yourelease the button, the compact disc play-er will resume playing.

AM

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and selectthe AM band. “AM” will appear on thedisplay.

AUDIO CONTROL (Tone and sound bal-ance adjustment function)

Each time you push the “AUDIOCONTROL” knob, the mode changes. Toadjust the tone and balance, turn theknob.

BAS: Adjusts low–pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from –5 to 5.

MID: Adjusts mid–pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from –5 to 5.

TRE: Adjusts high–pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from –5 to 5.

FAD: Adjusts the sound balance betweenthe front and rear speakers. The displayranges from F7 to R7.

03 07.07


DISC (Compact disc)

Push the “DISC” button to play a compactdisc.

When the audio system is set into com-pact disc operation, the display shows thetrack, or track and disc number currentlybeing played.

Error messages

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-tem will display one of the six followingerror messages.

“WAIT”: The compact disc player unitmay be too hot. Allow the player to cooldown.

“ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, dam-aged or inserted incorrectly (up–sidedown). Clean the disc and re–insert it.

“NO DISC”: The compact disc changer ofseparate unit is empty. Insert a disc.

“ERROR 3”: There is a problem insidethe system. Eject the disc or magazine.Set the disc or magazine again.

“ERROR 4”: Over–current. Ask yourToyota dealer to inspect.

“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changerlid of separate unit is open. Close thecompact disc changer lid.

If the malfunction still exists, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer.

� DISC �

With compact disc changer only—

Use these buttons to select the disc youwant to listen to.

Push “�” (preset button 3) or “�” (presetbutton 4) until the number of the disc youwant to listen appears on the display.

Dolby � B NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that wasrecorded with Dolby� B Noise Reduction,push the “ ” button (preset button 3).The “ ” will appear on the display.Push the button again to turn off Dolby�B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noiseby about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-tion, play your tapes with this button onor off according to the mode used forrecording the tape.∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and thedouble D symbol are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

FM

Push the “FM” button to turn on the radioand select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2”will appear on the display. This systemallows you to set twelve FM stations, twofor each of the preset button.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)

There are two random features—you caneither listen to the tracks on one compactdisc in random order, or listen to thetracks on all the compact discs in themagazine in random order.

To play the tracks on one disc in randomorder: Quickly push and release “RAND” (presetbutton 1). “ ” will appear on thedisplay and the player will perform thetracks on the disc you are listening to inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this button again.

03 07.07



To play all the tracks in the magazine inrandom order:Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-pear on the display and the player willperform all the tracks on all the discs inthe magazine in random order. To turn offthe random feature, push this buttonagain.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette player

Push “RPT” (preset button 2) while thetrack is playing. “ ” will appear onthe display. When the track ends, it willautomatically rewind and replay. To turnoff the repeat feature, push this buttonagain.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between tracks in order for the re-peat feature to work correctly.

Compact disc player

There are two repeat features—You caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “RPT” (presetbutton 2) while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically replay.To turn off the repeat feature, push thisbutton again.


Repeating a disc:Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)

until you hear a beep. “ ” will ap-pear on the display. The player will repeatall the tracks on the disc you are listeningto. When the disc ends, the player willautomatically go back to the top track ofthe disc and replay. To turn off the repeatfeature, push this button again.

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies ona band or scan only the preset stationsfor that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold the “SCAN” button untilyou hear a beep. The radio will tune inthe next preset station up the band, staythere for 5 seconds, and then move to thenext preset station. To stop scanning,push this button again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release the “SCAN” but-ton. The radio will find the next station upthe station band, stay there for 5 seconds,and then scan again to the next station.To stop scanning, push this button again.

03 07.07


Compact disc player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the tracks on a specific disc orscan the first tracks of all the discs in themagazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release the “SCAN” but-ton. “SCAN” will appear on the displayand the player will scan all the tracks onthe disc you are listening to. To stopscanning, push this button again. If theplayer scanned all the tracks on the disc,it will stop scanning.


Scanning the first tracks of all the discsin the magazine:Push the “SCAN” button until you hear abeep. “ ·SCAN” will appear on the dis-play and the player will scan the firsttrack of the next disc. To stop scanning,push this button again. If the player hasscanned all the discs, it will stop scan-ning.

SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds andplays the next station up or down thestation band.

To seek the next station, quickly push andrelease “�” or “�” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button. Do this again to find thestation after that.

Cassette Player

Use this button to skip up or down tolocate a song or recording.

You can select up to nine recordings (in-cluding current one).

A blank space of at least 3 seconds isconsidered to be a start of a recording.

When a beginning of a tape is reached,the player automatically resumes play.

When the end of the tape is reached, theplayer automatically reverses sides andresumes normal play.

In addition, the feature may not work wellwith some spoken word, live, or classicalrecordings.

Compact disc player

Use this button to skip up or down to adifferent track.

Push “�” or “�” side of the “SEEK/TRACK” button until the number of thetrack you want to listen to appears on thedisplay. If you want to return to the begin-ning of the current track, quickly push thedown side of the button one time.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to prev-ent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion.

TAPE

Push the “TAPE” button to play a cassettetape.

03 07.07


TEXT

This button is used to change the displayfor the compact disc that contains textdata.

To change the display, quickly push andrelease the “TEXT” button while the com-pact disc is playing. The display changesin the order from the elapsed time to disctitle to track title, then back to theelapsed time.

If this button is pushed while a compactdisc that does not contain text data isplaying, “NO TITLE” will appear on thedisplay.

If the entire disc or track title does notappear on the display, push and hold thebutton until you hear a beep. The rest ofthe title will appear.

TUNE (Tuning)

Turn the “TUNE” knob clockwise to stepup the frequency. Turn the knob counter-clockwise to step down the frequency.

NOTICE

To ensure correct audio system op-erations:

� Be careful not to spill beveragesover the audio system.

� Do not put anything other than acassette tape or Compact Disc intothe slot.

� The use of a cellular phone insideor near the vehicle may cause anoise from the speakers of the au-dio system which you are listeningto. However, this does not indicatea malfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem withyour radio—it is just the normal result ofconditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terraincan interfere with FM reception. Powerlines or telephone wires can interfere withAM signals. And of course, radio signalshave a limited range. The farther you arefrom a station, the weaker its signal willbe. In addition, reception conditionschange constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob-lems that probably do not indicate a prob-lem with your radio:

FM

Fading and drifting stations—Generally, theeffective range of FM is about 40 km (25miles). Once outside this range, you maynotice fading and drifting, which increasewith the distance from the radio transmit-ter. They are often accompanied by distor-tion.

Multi–path—FM signals are reflective,making it possible for two signals to reachyour antenna at the same time. If thishappens, the signals will cancel each oth-er out, causing a momentary flutter orloss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees, orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal youare listening to is interrupted or weak-ened, and there is another strong stationnearby on the FM band, your radio maytune in the second station until the origi-nal signal can be picked up again.

03 07.07

Car audio system operatinghints


AM

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere—especially at night.These reflected signals can interfere withthose received directly from the radio sta-tion, causing the radio station to soundalternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflected sig-nal and a signal received directly from aradio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear the broad-cast.

Static—AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening, or electri-cal motors. This results in static.

CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYERAND TAPES

For the best performance for your cas-sette player and tapes:

Clean the tape head and other parts regu-larly.

� A dirty tape head or tape path candecrease sound quality and tangle yourcassette tapes. The easiest way toclean them is by using a cleaning tape.(A wet type is recommended.)

Use high–quality cassettes.

� Low–quality cassette tapes can causemany problems, including poor sound,inconsistent playing speed, andconstant auto–reversing. They can alsoget stuck or tangled in the cassetteplayer.

� Do not use a cassette if it has beendamaged or tangled or if its label ispeeling off.

� Do not leave a cassette in the playerif you are not listening to it, especiallyif it is hot outside.

� Store cassettes in their cases and outof direct sunlight.

� Avoid using cassettes with a total play-ing time longer than 100 minutes (50minutes per side). The tape used inthese cassettes is thin and could getstuck or tangled in the cassette player.

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISCPLAYER AND DISCS

� The player is intended for use with 12cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

� Extremely high temperatures can keepyour compact disc player from working.On hot days, use the air conditioningto cool the vehicle interior before youlisten to a disc.

� Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake your compact disc player skip.

� If moisture gets into your compact discplayer, you may not hear any soundeven though your compact disc playerappears to be working. Remove thedisc from the player and wait until itdries.

CAUTION

Compact disc players use an invisiblelaser beam which could cause hazard-ous radiation exposure if directedoutside the unit. Be sure to operatethe player correctly.

03 07.07


G17032

� Use only compact discs marked asshown above. The following productsmay not be playable on your compactdisc player.

Copy–protected CDCD–R (CD–Recordable)CD–RW (CD–Re–writable)CD–ROM

Z17038

Special shaped discs

Z17039

Low quality discs

Z17037

Labeled discs

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the player orchanger, do not use special shaped,low quality or labeled discs such asthose shown in the illustrations.

03 07.07


Z17052

Correct Wrong

� Handle compact discs carefully, espe-cially when you are inserting them.Hold them on the edge and do notbend them. Avoid getting fingerprintson them, particularly on the shiny side.

� Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, orother disc damage could cause theplayer to skip or to repeat a section ofa track. (To see a pin hole, hold thedisc up to the light.)

� Remove discs from the compact discplayer when you are not listeningto them. Store them in their plasticcases away from moisture, heat, anddirect sunlight.

Z17053

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with asoft, lint–free cloth that has been damp-ened with water. Wipe in a straight linefrom the center to the edge of the disc(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,lint–free cloth. Do not use a conventionalrecord cleaner or anti–static device.

03 07.07


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAir conditioning systemControls 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side vents 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 1– 9


Controls1. Air intake selector

2. Air flow selector

3. “A/C” button

4. Fan speed selector

5. Temperature selector

03 07.07

SB18008b


Fan speed selector

Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—tothe right to increase, to the left to de-crease.

Temperature selector

Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—to the right to warm, to the left to cool.

G18021

Air flow selector

Turn the knob to select the vents used forair flow.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from the in-strument panel vents.

2. Bi–level— Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor— Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

4. Floor/Windshield— Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

Use with the air intake selector posi-tioned in Fresh.

5. Windshield— Air flows mainly from thewindshield vents.

Use with the air intake selector posi-tioned in Fresh.

For details about air flow selector settings,see “Air flow selector settings” describedbelow.

Turning the air flow control knob to wind-shield or floor/windshield position turns onthe defroster–linked air conditioning. Atthis time, the “A/C” button indicator comeson regardless of whether or not the “A/C”button is pressed in. This is to clean upthe front view more quickly.When the “A/C” button is not pressed in,turning the air flow control knob to anoth-er position turns off the air conditioning.

03 07.07


G18023

Air intake selector

Move the lever to select the air source.

1. Recirculate— Recirculates the air insidethe vehicle.

2. Fresh— Draws outside air into the sys-tem.

“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, thereis a problem in the air conditioning systemand the air conditioning automaticallyshuts off. If this happens, take your ve-hicle to a Toyota dealer for service.

03 07.07


Air flow selector settings Operating tips� To cool off your Toyota after it has

been parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the seats clear toallow air to circulate throughout the ve-hicle.

� On cold days, set the fan speed to“high” for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except “OFF”.

03 07.07

SB18009


� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards WARM

(red zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—FLOORAir conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging. select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has beenwarmed.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—ON

� For quick cooling, move the air intakeselector to recirculate for a few min-utes.

Ventilation


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—OFF

03 07.07


Defogging

The inside of the windshield



(red zone) to heat;COLD (blue zone) tocool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow control knob to wind-shield position turns on the defroster–linked air conditioning. At this time, the“A/C” button indicator comes on regard-less of whether or not the “A/C” button ispressed in. This is to clean up the frontview more quickly.

When the “A/C” button is not pressed in,turning the air flow control knob to a posi-tion other than windshield or floor/wind-shield turns off the air conditioning.

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

Defrosting

The outside of the windshield



(red zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow control knob to wind-shield position turns on the defroster–linked air conditioning. At this time, the“A/C” button indicator comes on regard-less of whether or not the “A/C” button ispressed in. This is to clean up the frontview more quickly.

When the “A/C” button is not pressed in,turning the air flow control knob to a posi-tion other than windshield or floor/wind-shield turns off the air conditioning.

� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choose floor/windshield air flow.

Side vents

SB18005a

Open

Close

If air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe side vents. The side vents may beopened or closed as shown.

03 07.07


03 07.07


INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOURTOYOTAInformation before driving your ToyotaBreak–in period 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 130. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel pump shut off system 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation in foreign countries 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three–way catalytic converter 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine exhaust cautions 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facts about engine oil consumption 134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iridium–tipped spark plugs 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pad wear limit indicators 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limited–slip differential 138. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your Toyota’s identification 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft prevention labels 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspension and chassis 140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tire information 141. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle load limits 149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cargo and luggage 149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of tires 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 2


Break–in periodDrive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaboratebreak–in. But following a few simple tipsfor the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can addto the future economy and long life ofyour vehicle:

� Avoid full throttle acceleration whenstarting and driving.

� Avoid racing the engine.

� Try to avoid hard stops during the first300 km (200 miles).

� Do not drive slowly with the transmis-sion in a high gear.

� Do not drive for a long time at anysingle speed, either fast or slow.

FuelFUEL TYPE

Your new vehicle must use onlyunleaded gasoline.

To help prevent gas station mix–ups, yourToyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.The special nozzle on pumps with un-leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas willnot.

At a minimum, the gasoline you useshould meet specifications of ASTMD4814 in the U.S.A.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use ofleaded gasoline will cause the three–way catalytic converter to lose its ef-fectiveness and the emission controlsystem to function improperly. Also,this can increase maintenance costs.

OCTANE RATING

Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc-tane Number 91) or higher.

Use of unleaded fuel with an octane num-ber or rating lower than stated above willcause persistent heavy knocking. If se-vere, this will lead to engine damage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even whenusing the recommended fuel, or if youhear steady knocking while holding asteady speed on level roads, consult yourToyota dealer.

However, occasionally, you may noticelight knocking for a short time while accel-erating or driving up hills. This is normaland there is no need for concern.

GASOLINES CONTAINING DETERGENTADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gaso-lines that contain detergent additives toavoid build–up of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S con-tains detergent additives to keep cleanand/or clean intake systems.

03 07.07


QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,Europe and Japan have developed aspecification for quality fuel namedWorld–Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) thatis expected to be applied world wide.The WWFC consists of three categoriesthat depend on required emission lev-els. In the U.S., category 3 has beenadopted. The WWFC improves air quali-ty by providing for better emissions invehicle fleets, and customer satisfactionthrough better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-formulated gasoline that contains oxy-genates such as ethanol or MTBE isavailable in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleanerburning gasoline and appropriately blendedreformulated gasoline. These types ofgasoline provide excellent vehicle perfor-mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-prove air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenateblended gasoline where the oxygenatecontent is up to 10% ethanol or 15%MTBE. If you use gasohol in yourToyota, be sure that it has an octanerating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing methanol.

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane en-hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-cropentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-taining MMT is used, your emission con-trol system may be adversely affected.The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-strument cluster may come on. If thishappens, contact your Toyota dealer forservice.

GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experiencedriveability problems caused by the partic-ular gasoline that you are using. If youcontinue to have unacceptable driveability,try changing gasoline brands. If this doesnot rectify your problem, then consult yourToyota dealer.

NOTICE

� Do not use gasohol other thanstated above. It will cause fuel sys-tem damage or vehicle performanceproblems.

� If driveab ility problems occur (poorhot starting, vaporizing, engineknock, etc.), discontinue the use.

� Take care not to spill gasohol dur-ing refueling. Gasohol may causepaint damage.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

48 L (12.7 gal., 10.6 Imp. gal.)

03 07.07


Fuel pump shut off systemThe fuel pump shut off system stops sup-plying fuel to the engine to minimize therisk of fuel leakage when the engine stallsor an airbag inflates upon collision. Torestart the engine after the fuel pump shutoff system activates, turn the ignitionswitch to “ACC” or “LOCK” once and startit.

CAUTION

Inspect the ground under the vehiclebefore restarting the engine. If youfind that liquid has leaked onto theground, it is the fuel system hasbeen damaged and it is in need ofrepair. In this case, do not restart theengine.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you plan to drive your Toyota inanother country...

First, comply with the vehicle registrationlaws.

Second, confirm the availability of the cor-rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octanenumber).

Three–way catalytic converter

SB21013a

The three–way catalytic converter is anemission control device installed in theexhaust system.

Its purpose is to reduce pollutants in theexhaust gas.

CAUTION

� Keep people and combustible mate-rials away from the exhaust pipewhile the engine is running. Theexhaust gas is very hot.

� Do not drive, idle or park your ve-hicle over anything that might burneasily such as grass, leaves, paperor rags.

03 07.07


NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gasesflowing into the three–way catalyticconverter may cause it to overheatand create a fire hazard. To preventthis and other damage, observe thefollowing precautions:

� Use only unleaded gasoline.

� Do not drive with an extremely lowfuel level; running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, creat-ing an excessive load on the three–way catalytic converter.

� Do not allow the engine to run atidle speed for more than 20 min-utes.

� Avoid racing the engine.

� Do not push–start or pull–start yourvehicle.

� Do not turn off the ignition whilethe vehicle is moving.

� Keep your engine in good runningorder. Malfunctions in the engineelectrical system, electronic ignitionsystem/distributor ignition systemor fuel system could cause an ex-tremely high three–way catalyticconverter temperature.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, take yourvehicle in for a check–up as soonas possible. Remember, your Toyotadealer knows your vehicle and itsthree–way catalytic converter sys-tem best.

� To ensure that the three–way cata-lytic converter and the entire emis-sion control system operate proper-ly, your vehicle must receive theperiodic inspections required by theToyota Maintenance Schedule. Forscheduled maintenance information,refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.

Engine exhaust cautions

CAUTION

� Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.It contains carbon monoxide, whichis a colorless and odorless gas. Itcan cause unconsciousness or evendeath.

� Make sure the exhaust system hasno holes or loose connections. Thesystem should be checked fromtime to time. If you hit something,or notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust, have the systemchecked immediately.

� Do not run the engine in a garageor enclosed area except for thetime needed to drive the vehicle inor out. The exhaust gases cannotescape, making this a particularlydangerous situation.

� Do not remain for a long time in aparked vehicle with the engine run-ning. If it is unavoidable, however,do so only in an unconfined areaand adjust the heating or coolingsystem to force outside air into thevehicle.

03 07.07


� To allow proper operation of yourvehicle’s ventilation system, keepthe inlet grilles in front of the wind-shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-er obstructions.

� If you smell exhaust fumes in thevehicle, drive with the windowsopen. Have the cause immediatelylocated and corrected.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions oflubricating and cooling the inside of theengine, and plays a major role in main-taining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should con-sume some engine oil during normalengine operation. The causes of oilconsumption in a normal engine are asfollows.

� Oil is used to lubricate pistons, pistonrings and cylinders. A thin film of oilis left on the cylinder wall when a pis-ton moves downwards in the cylinder.High negative pressure generated whenthe vehicle is decelerating sucks someof this oil into the combustion chamber.This oil as well as some part of the oilfilm left on the cylinder wall is burnedby the high temperature combustiongases during the combustion process.

� Oil is also used to lubricate the stemsof the intake valves. Some of this oilis sucked into the combustion chambertogether with the intake air and isburned along with the fuel. High tem-perature exhaust gases also burn theoil used to lubricate the exhaust valvestems.

The amount of engine oil consumed de-pends on the viscosity of the oil, thequality of the oil and the conditions thevehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by high–speed driv-ing and frequent acceleration and decel-eration.

A new engine consumes more oil, sinceits pistons, piston rings and cylinder wallshave not become conditioned.

Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000km (1.1 qts./600 miles, 0.9 lmp.qts./600miles)

When judging the amount of oil con-sumption, note that the oil may becomediluted and make it difficult to judgethe true level accurately.

As an example, if a vehicle is used forrepeated short trips, and consumes a nor-mal amount of oil, the dipstick may notshow any drop in the oil level at all, evenafter 1000 km (600 miles) or more. Thisis because the oil is gradually becomingdiluted with fuel or moisture, making itappear that the oil level has not changed.

The diluting ingredients evaporate outwhen the vehicle is then driven at highspeeds, as on an expressway, making itappear that oil is excessively consumedafter driving at high speeds.

03 07.07

Facts about engine oilconsumption


IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVELCHECK

One of the most important points in prop-er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-gine oil at the optimum level so that oilfunction will not be impaired. Therefore, itis essential that the oil level be checkedregularly. Toyota recommends that the oillevel be checked every time you refuelthe vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularlycould lead to serious engine troubledue to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check,see “Checking the engine oil level” onpage 206 in Section 7–2.

Iridium–tipped spark plugs

SB21011

Your engine is fitted with iridium–tippedspark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only iridium–tipped spark plugsand do not adjust gaps for your en-gine performance and smooth drive-ability.

Brake systemThe tandem master cylinder brake systemis a hydraulic system with two separatesub–systems. If either sub–system shouldfail, the other will still work. However, thepedal will be harder to press, and yourstopping distance will increase. Also, thebrake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only asingle brake system. Have yourbrakes fixed immediately.

BRAKE BOOSTER

The brake booster uses engine vacuum topower–assist the brakes. If the engineshould quit while you are driving, you canbring the vehicle to a stop with normalpedal pressure. There is enough reservedvacuum for one or two stops but no more!

03 07.07


CAUTION

� Do not pump the brake pedal if theengine stalls. Each push on thepedal uses up your reserved vacu-um.

� Even if the power assist is com-pletely lost, the brakes will stillwork. But you will have to push thepedal hard, much harder than nor-mal. And your braking distance willincrease.

ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

The anti–lock brake system is designedto automatically help prevent lock–up ofthe wheels during a sudden braking orbraking on slippery road surfaces. Thisassists in providing directional stab ilityand steering performance of the vehicleunder these circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brakepedal: When the anti–lock brake systemfunction is in action, you may feel thebrake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.In this situation, to let the anti–lockbrake system work for you, just hold thebrake pedal down more firmly. Do notpump the brake in a panic stop. Thiswill result in reduced brakingperformance.

The anti–lock brake system becomes op-erative after the vehicle has acceleratedto a speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Depressing the brake pedal on slipperyroad surfaces such as on a manhole cov-er, a steel plate at a construction site,joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy daytends to activate the anti–lock brake sys-tem.

You may hear a click or motor sound inthe front trunk room for a few secondswhen the engine is started or just afterthe vehicle begins to move. This meansthat the anti–lock brake system is in theself check mode, and does not indicate amalfunction.

When the anti–lock brake system is ac-tivated, the following conditions mayoccur. They do not indicate a malfunc-tion of the system:

� You may hear the anti–lock brake sys-tem operating and feel the brake pedalpulsating and the vibrations of the ve-hicle body and steering wheel. Youmay also hear the motor sound in thefront trunk room even after the vehicleis stopped.

� At the end of the anti–lock brake sys-tem activation, the brake pedal maymove a little forward.

CAUTION

Do not overestimate the anti–lockbrake system: Although the anti–lockbrake system assists in providing ve-hicle control, it is still important todrive with all due care and maintaina moderate speed and safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you, be-cause there are limits to the vehiclestability and effectiveness of steeringwheel operation even with the anti–lock brake system on.

03 07.07


If tire grip performance exceeds itscapability, or if hydroplaning occursduring high speed driving in the rain,the anti–lock brake system does notprovide vehicle control.

Anti–lock brake system is not de-signed to shorten the stopping dis-tance: Always drive at a moderatespeed and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Compared with vehicles without ananti–lock brake system, your vehiclemay require a longer stopping dis-tance in the following cases:

� Driving on rough, gravel or snow–covered roads.

� Driving with tire chains installed.

� Driving over the steps such as thejoints on the road.

� Driving on roads where the roadsurface is pitted or has other differ-ences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size atappropriate pressure: The anti–lockbrake system detects vehicle speedsusing the speed sensors for respec-tive wheels’ turning speeds. The useof tires other than specified may failto detect the accurate turning speedresulting in a longer stopping dis-tance.

SD02002a

“ABS” warning light

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti–lock brake system works properly, thelight turns off after a few seconds. There-after, if the system malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.

03 07.07


When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditionsoccur, this indicates a malfunctionsomewhere in the components moni-tored by the warning light system.Contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to service the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or remains on.

� The light comes on while you are driv-ing.

A warning light fuming on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

Brake pad wear limit indicators

SB21015

The brake pad wear limit indicators onyour disc brakes give a warning noisewhen the brake pads are worn to wherereplacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noisewhile driving, have the brake padschecked and replaced by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-tor damage can result if the pads are notreplaced when necessary.

Some Toyotas are equipped with a limit-ed–slip differential. If one of the rearwheels begins to spin, the limited–slip dif-ferential is designed to aid traction byautomatically transmitting driving force tothe other rear wheel. If you are not surewhether your vehicle is equipped with one,you can ask your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Do not start or run the engine whileyour vehicle is supported by a jack.The vehicle could be driven off thejack and could pose a danger or re-sult in serious injury.

NOTICE

Use only a compact spare tire of thesame size, construction and load ca-pacity as the original tires on yourToyota because damage to the limit-ed–slip differential could possibly oc-cur with another tire type.

03 07.07

Limited–slip differential(on some models)


SB21009

The vehicle identification number (VIN)is the legal identifier for your vehicle.This number is on the left top of theinstrument panel, and can be seenthrough the windshield from outside.

This is the primary identification numberfor your Toyota. It is used in registeringthe ownership of your vehicle.

SB21017a

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isalso on the Certification Label.

—Engine number

SB21010

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown.

03 07.07

Your Toyota’s identification——Vehicle identificationnumber


Theft prevention labelsYour new vehicle carries theft preven-tion labels which are approximately 56mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).

The purpose of these labels is to reducethe incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-ing the tracing and recovery of parts fromstolen vehicles. The label is designed sothat once it is applied to a surface, anyattempt to remove it will result in destroy-ing the integrity of the label. Transferringthese labels intact from one part to anoth-er, will be impossible.

NOTICE

You should not attempt to remove thetheft prevention labels as it may vio-late certain state or federal laws.

Suspension and chassis

CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassiswith lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. Itcan cause dangerous handling charac-teristics, resulting in loss of control.

03 07.07


This illustration indicates typical tiresymbols.1. Tire size— For details, see “Tire

size” on page 143.2. DOT and Tire Identification

Number (TIN)— For details, see“DOT and Tire Identification Num-ber (TIN)” on page 142.

3. Maximum cold tire inflationpressure— This means the pres-sure to which a tire may be in-flated. For recommended cold tireinflation pressure, see “Tires” onpage 242.

4. Load limit at maximum cold tireinflation pressure— For details,see “Checking and replacing tires”on page 213.

5. Location of tread wear indica-tors— For details, see “Checkingand replacing tires” on page 213.

6. Turning indicator— Somevehicles are equipped withdirectional tires. For details, see“Rotating tires” on page 216.

03 07.07

Tire information——Tire symbols

SB21020b


7. Uniform tire quality grading—For details, see “Uniform tire quali-ty grading” that follows.

8. Tire ply composition and mate-rials— Plies mean a layer of rub-ber–coated parallel cords. Cordsmean the strands forming the pliesin the tire.

9. “TUBELESS” or “TUBETYPE”— A tubeless tire does nothave a tube inside the tire and airis directly filled in the tire. A tubetype tire has a tube inside the tireand the tube maintains the airpressure.

10.Radial tires or bias–ply tires— Aradial tire has “RADIAL” on thesidewall. The tire not marked with“RADIAL” is a bias–ply tire.

11.Summer tire or all seasontire— An all season tire has “M+S”on the sidewall. The tire notmarked with “M+S” is a summertire. For details, see “Types oftires” on page 152.

SB21022a

This illustration indicates typical DOTand Tire Identification Number (TIN).1. “DOT” symbol2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)3. Tire manufacturer ’s identification

mark4. Tire size code5. Manufacturer ’s optional tire type

code6. Manufacturing week7. Manufacturing year

The “DOT” symbol certifies that thetire conforms to applicable FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

03 07.07

—DOT and Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN)


SB21021

This illustration indicates typical tiresize.1. Section width (in millimeters)2. Aspect ratio (tire height to section

width)3. Tire construction code (R=Radial,

D=Diagonal)4. Wheel diameter (in inch)5. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)6. Speed symbol (alphabet with one

letter)

SU21026a

1. Section width2. Tire height3. Wheel diameter

SU21027

1. Bead2. Sidewall3. Shoulder4. Tread5. Belt6. Inner liner7. Reinforcing rubber8. Carcass9. Rim lines10.Bead wires11. Chafer

03 07.07

—Tire size —Name of each section of tire


—Uniform tire quality gradingThis information has been preparedin accordance with regulations issuedby the National Highway Traffic Safe-ty Administration of the U.S. Depart-ment of Transportation. It providesthe purchasers and/or prospectivepurchasers of Toyota vehicles with in-formation on uniform tire quality grad-ing.Your Toyota dealer will help answerany questions you may have as youread this information.DOT quality grades—All passengervehicle tires must conform to Fed-eral Safety Requirements in addi-tion to these grades. Qualitygrades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall betweentread shoulder and maximum sec-tion width. For example: Treadwear200 Traction AA Temperature A.

Treadwear— The tread wear grade isa comparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when tested un-der controlled conditions on a speci-fied government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wearone and a half (1–1/2) times as wellon the government course as a tiregraded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon the actual con-ditions of their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the norm dueto variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.Traction AA, A, B, C— The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B, and C, and they representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-ment as measured under controlledconditions on specified governmenttest surfaces of asphalt and concrete.A tire marked C may have poor trac-tion performance.

Warning: The traction grade assignedto this tire is based on braking(straight ahead) traction tests anddoes not include cornering (turning)traction.Temperature A, B, C— The tempera-ture grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resist-ance to the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat when testedunder controlled conditions on a spe-cified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire to de-generate and reduce tire life, and ex-cessive temperature can lead to sud-den tire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard No.109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of per-formance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

03 07.07


Warning: The temperature grades forthis tire are established for a tire thatis properly inflated and not over-loaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-tion, or excessive loading, either sep-arately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure.

03 07.07


Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked at least 3 hours ormore, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mile under that condition

Maximum inflation pressure The maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and shownon the sidewall of the tire

Recommended inflation pressure Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer

Accessory weight

The combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be re-placed) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power win-dows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items are avail-able as factory–installed equipment (whether installed or not)

Curb weightThe weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the maximumcapacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, air conditioning and addi-tional weight optional engine

The sum of—The sum of—(a) Curb weight;

Maximum loaded vehicle weight(a) Curb weight(b) Accessory weight;Maximum loaded vehicle weight (b) Accessory weight(c) Vehicle capacity weight; and(d) P d ti ti i ht( ) y g(d) Production options weight

Normal occupant weight 68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the second columnof Table 1 that follows

Production options weight

The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighingover 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace, notpreviously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy dutybrakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim

03 07.07

—Tire related terms


Vehicle capacity weight(Total load capacity)

The rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’sdesignated seating capacity

Intended outboard sidewall

(A) The sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeperthan the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire orIntended outboard sidewall than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or

(B) The outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle

Occupant distribution Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table1 that follows

Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beadsare seated

Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) Nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation Rim diameter and width

Rim type designation The industry of manufacturer ’s designation for a rim by style or code

Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle maximum load on the tire The load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two

Vehicle normal load on the tireThe load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axleits share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight(distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two

Weather side The surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire

03 07.07


Table 1–Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities

Designated seating capacity, numberof occupants

Vehicle normal load, number of occu-pants

Occupant distribution in a normallyloaded vehicle

2 through 4 2 2 in front

5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat

03 07.07


Vehicle load limits include total loadcapacity, seating capacity, towing ca-pacity and cargo capacity. Follow theload limits shown below.Total load capacity:

193 kg (425 lb.)Total load capacity means combinedweight of occupants, cargo and lug-gage. Tongue load is included whentrailer towing.Seating capacity:

Total 2 (Front 2)Seating capacity means the maximumnumber of occupants whose weightis supposed to be 68 kg (150 lb.) perperson. Depending on the weight ofperson, the seating capacity givenmay exceed the total load capacity.

NOTICE

Even if the number of occupantsare within the seating capacity,do not exceed the total load ca-pacity.

Towing capacityToyota does not recommend towinga trailer with your vehicle. Your ve-hicle is not designed for trailer towing.Cargo capacityCargo capacity may increase or de-crease depending on the size (weight)and the number of occupants. For de-tails, see “Capacity and distribution”that follows.

CAUTION

Do not apply the load more thaneach load limit. That may causenot only damage to the tires, butalso deterioration to the steeringability and braking ability, whichmay cause an accident.

When stowing luggage or cargo in thevehicle, observe the following:� Put luggage or cargo in the front

box or luggage space when at allpossible. Be sure all items are se-cured in place.

� Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-anced. Locating the weight as farforward as possible helps maintainbalance.

� For better fuel economy, do notcarry unneeded weight.

CAUTION

� Never allow anyone to ride inthe luggage space. It is not de-signed for the passenger. Thepassenger should ride in theseat with the seat belt properlyfastened. Severe injuries to anunrestrained passenger canoccur during sudden brakingor a collision.

03 07.07

Vehicle load limitsCargo and luggage——Stowage precautions


� Do not drive with objects lefton top of the instrument panel.They may interfere with thedriver’s field of view. Or theymay move during sharp vehicleacceleration or turning, and im-pair the driver’s control of thevehicle. In an accident theymay injure the vehicle occu-pants.

Cargo capacity depends on the to-tal weight of the occupants.(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capac-ity) – (Total weight of occupants)STEPS FOR DETERMININGCORRECT LOAD LIMIT1. Locate the statement “The

combined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXpounds” on your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kilograms or XXX pounds.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example,if the “XXX” amount equals 1400lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.passengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo and lug-gage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400–750 (5x150)=650 lbs).

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the available car-go and luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.

Toyota does not recommend towinga trailer with your vehicle. Your ve-hicle is not designed for trailer towing.

03 07.07

—Capacity and distribution


SB21023

Total loadcapacity

Cargocapacity

EXAMPLE ON YOUR VEHICLEIn case that 1 people with the com-bined weight of 80 kg (176 lb.) areriding in your vehicle with the totalload capacity of 193 kg (425 lb.), theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity will be as follows:193 kg – 80 kg = 113 kg.(425 lb. – 176 lb. = 249 lb.)From this condition, if 1 more passen-ger with the combined weight of 70kg (154 lb.) get on, the available car-go and luggage load will be reducedas follows:

113 kg – 70 kg = 43 kg.(249 lb. – 154 lb. = 95 lb.)As shown in the above example, if thenumber of occupants increases, thecargo and luggage load equaling thecombined weight of occupants whogot on later must be reduced. In otherwords, if the increase in the numberof occupants causes the excess ofthe total load capacity (combinedweight of occupants plus cargo andluggage load), you have to reduce thecargo and luggage on your vehicle.For details about total load capacity,see “Vehicle load limits” on page 149.

CAUTION

Even if the total load of occu-pant’s weight and the cargo loadis less than the total load capac-ity, do not apply the load uneven-ly. That may cause not only dam-age to the tire but also deteriora-tion to the steering ability due tounbalance of the vehicle, causingan accident.

03 07.07


Types of tiresDetermine what kind of tires yourvehicle is originally equipped with.1. Summer tiresSummer tires are high–speed capabil-ity tires best suited to highway drivingunder dry conditions.Since summer tires do not have thesame traction performance as snowtires, summer tires are inadequate fordriving on snow–covered or icy roads.For driving on snow–covered or icyroads, we recommend using snowtires. If installing snow tires, be sureto replace all four tires.2. All season tiresAll season tires are designed to pro-vide better traction in snow and to beadequate for driving in most winterconditions, as well as for use all yearround.

CAUTION

� Do not mix summer and all sea-son tires on your vehicle asthis can cause dangerous han-dling characteristics, resultingin loss of control.

� Do not use tires other than themanufacture’s designatedtires, and never mix tires orwheels of the sizes differentfrom the originals as this cancause dangerous handlingcharacteristics, resulting inloss of control.

03 07.07

Check one: ■■ Same owner, name and/or address has changed ■■ New owner, purchased vehicle used

■■ Same owner, additional driver who should receive product/safety updates

■■ Mr. ■■ Mrs. ■■ Ms. ■■ Miss ■■ Dr.

Owner Information Change Form

EVV

First name M.I. Last name

Company name

Street address or P.O. Box Apt. or suite number

City State Zip code

Home phone number Work phone number Extension

Vehicle Identification Number (required to process change) Mo. Day Year

–

– – – –

– –

/ /

Check here if address belowis for company

■■

This information is obtained solely for the use of Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.Toyota occasionally sends special promotional offers to registered owners. Check here if you prefer not to receive these offers. ■■

/

Effective date ofthis information

Social Security Number(optional; for Toyota customer reference only) 20

0300452-02003-REV1 Printed in U.S.A. 11/02w

ww

.toy

ota.

com Owner’s

Warranty

Information

If your name

or address has

changed or you

purchased your

Toyota as a used

vehicle, please

complete and

mail the attached

card, even if your

warranty coverage

has expired. This

will enable Toyota

to contact you

with important

product or safety

updates concern-

ing your vehicle.

If the card is no

longer attached,

please call the

Toyota Customer

Assistance Center at

(800) 331-4331.

1

Table of Contents

Introduction

Satisfaction Down the Road 2

Transportation Assistance 3

If You Need Assistance 4

Warranty Coverages at a Glance 6

Your Warranties in Detail

General Warranty Provisions 7

New Vehicle Limited Warranty 9

Federal Emission Control Warranty 14

California Emission Control Warranty 20

Tire Limited Warranty 26

Your Responsibilities

Operation and Maintenance 27

Obtaining Warranty Service 29

t Toyota, our top priority is always our customers. We knowyour Toyota is an important part of your life and something youdepend on every day. That’s why we’re dedicated to building

products of the highest quality and reliability.

Our excellent warranty coverage is evidence that we stand behind thequality of our vehicles. We’re confident — as you should be — that yourToyota will provide you with many years of enjoyable driving.

To further demonstrate our commitment to our customers’ satisfaction,occasionally we may establish a special policy adjustment to pay for spe-cific repairs that are no longer covered by warranty. When we establishsuch a policy adjustment, we mail details to all applicable owners wehave on record. That’s why it’s important to send in the card at the backof this booklet if you change your address or if you’ve purchased thisvehicle from a previous owner.

To provide you with added protection against unexpected service costs,we offer Toyota Extra Care vehicle service agreements and Toyota AutoCare pre-paid maintenance programs. Both offer plans to meet a wide

variety of needs. Your dealership can help you select the plan that’s bestfor you.

Our goal is for every Toyota customer to enjoy outstanding quality,dependability and peace of mind throughout their ownership experi-ence. We want you to be a satisfied member of the Toyota family formany miles to come.

This booklet describes the terms of Toyota warranty coverage as well as general owner responsibilities. A separate publication found in your glove box, the Scheduled Maintenance Guide,describes your vehicle’s maintenance requirements. Be sure toreview this publication carefully, since proper maintenance isrequired to ensure that warranty coverage remains intact.

All information in this booklet is the latest available at the time of pub-lication and, with the exception of the emission control warranties, issubject to change without notice.

A

Introduction2

Satisfaction Down the Road

e realize that your confidence in the quality and reliability of our products was a key factor in your decision to buy aToyota. We also know how disruptive the loss of transportation

can be to your daily routine. That’s why we’re pleased to offer you thebenefits of our Transportation Assistance Policy.

Under this policy, you are eligible for transportation assistance if yourToyota must be kept overnight for warranty-covered repairs. The policyapplies when your vehicle must be kept overnight for any of the follow-ing reasons:

• The warranty repairs will take longer than one day to complete.

• The warrantable condition requires extensive diagnosis.

• The parts needed for the warranty repairs are not readily availableand your vehicle is inoperative or unsafe to drive.

The policy does not apply when warranty repairs can be completed in one day but the vehicle must be kept overnight due to dealer orowner scheduling conflicts.

The Transportation Assistance Policy applies for the duration of the NewVehicle Limited Warranty. The policy applies to all 2003 model-yearToyotas sold and serviced by authorized Toyota dealerships in the mainland United States and Alaska.

For further details, please consult your Toyota dealer.

W

Introduction 3

Transportation Assistance

Both Toyota and your Toyota dealer are dedicated to serving yourautomotive needs. Your complete satisfaction is our first priority. Shouldyou have a problem or concern — either during or after the warrantyperiod — please take the following steps to ensure the quickest possibleresponse:

Step 1Discuss the situation with a dealership manager, such as the servicemanager or customer relations manager. In most cases, a satisfactorysolution can be reached at this step.

Step 2If the dealership does not address your concern to your satisfaction, call the Toyota Customer Assistance Center at (800)331–4331. If you are hearing- or speech-impaired, call (800)443-4999 (TDD).

Please have the following information ready when you call:

• Your Toyota’s vehicle identification number (located on the driver’s side corner of the dashboard, under the window)

• Current mileage on your vehicle

• Name of your Toyota dealership

A Toyota customer relations representative will assist you in working with the dealership to find a satisfactory solution.

Step 3If your concern has still not been resolved to your satisfaction, Toyotaoffers additional assistance through the Dispute Settlement Program, a dispute resolution program administered by the National Center forDispute Settlement. The purpose of the Dispute Settlement Program is to resolve disputes through arbitration — a process by which two parties authorize an independent third party to hear and resolve a dis-pute. The program is informal and free of charge. To request that your

If You Need Assistance

Introduction4

case be reviewed through the program, complete the customer claimform in the Owner's Warranty Rights Notification booklet (found in yourglove box) and mail it to:

National Center for Dispute SettlementP.O. Box 561109Dallas, TX 75356-1109

If you would like to request a customer claim form, call the ToyotaCustomer Assistance Center at (800)331-4331. When you call, pleasehave your vehicle identification number, the current mileage on yourToyota and the names of your selling and servicing dealerships.

Important: You must use the Dispute Settlement Program before seekingremedies through a court action pursuant to the Magnuson-MossWarranty Act. You may also be required to use the Dispute SettlementProgram before seeking remedies under the “Lemon Laws” of your state.Please check the appropriate page of the Owner’s Warranty RightsNotification booklet for the requirements applicable to your state.

This information about the Dispute Settlement Program is correctas of the date of printing. However, the program may be changedwithout notice. For the most current information about the DisputeSettlement Program, call the Toyota Customer Assistance Center at(800)331-4331.

Introduction 5

If You Need Assistance

10 months

months

20 30 40 50 60 70 80

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

36 months / 36,000 miles



60 months / Unlimited miles

Basic

Powertrain

Restraint Systems

Corrosion Perforation

New Vehicle Limited Warranty

Emission Control Warranty


1 Specific components may have longer coverage under terms of the Powertrain Warranty.

36 months / 36,000 miles1




36 months / 50,000 miles1


PerformanceSpecific Components

DefectSpecific Components

Performance

Short-Term Defect

Long-Term Defect

Fede

ral

Calif

orni

a2,3

2 Also applies to Massachusetts and Vermont vehicles equipped with a California Certified Emission Control System. Vehicles covered by this warranty are also covered by the Federal Emission Control Warranty.

3 For 4-cylinder Camry models certified as partial zero-emission vehicles (PZEV), if any, coverage is 15 years or 150,000 miles, whichever occurs first.

Introduction6

Warranty Coverages at a Glance

Who Is the WarrantorThe warrantor for these limited warranties is Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A.,Inc. (“Toyota”), 19001 South Western Avenue, Torrance, California90509-2991, a California corporation.

Which Vehicles Are CoveredThese warranties apply to all 2003 model-year vehicles registered andnormally operated in the United States, U.S. territories and Canada.Warranty coverage is automatically transferred at no cost to subsequentvehicle owners.

Multiple Warranty ConditionsThis booklet contains warranty terms and conditions that may varydepending on the part covered. A warranty for specific parts or systems,such as the Powertrain Warranty or Emission Performance Warranty, isgoverned by the coverage set forth in that warranty as well as theGeneral Warranty Provisions.

When Warranty BeginsThe warranty period begins on the vehicle’s in-service date, which is thefirst date the vehicle is either delivered to an ultimate purchaser, leased,or used as a company car or demonstrator.

Repairs Made at No ChargeRepairs and adjustments covered by these warranties are made at nocharge for parts and labor.

Parts ReplacementAny needed parts replacement will be made using new or remanufac-tured parts. The decision whether a part should be repaired or replacedwill be made by the servicing Toyota dealership and/or Toyota. Partsscheduled to be replaced as required maintenance are warranted untiltheir first replacement only.

Your Warranties in Detail 7

General Warranty Provisions

LimitationsThe performance of necessary repairs and adjustments is the exclusiveremedy under these warranties or any implied warranties. Toyota doesnot authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liabilityin connection with this vehicle.

Any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particularpurpose is limited to the duration of these written warranties.Some states do not allow restrictions on how long an implied warrantylasts, so this limitation may not apply to you.

Your Rights Under State LawThese warranties give you specific legal rights. You may also have otherrights that vary from state to state.

Your Warranties in Detail8

General Warranty Provisions

Basic WarrantyThis warranty covers repairs and adjustments needed to correct defects inmaterials or workmanship of any part supplied by Toyota, subject to theexceptions indicated under “What Is Not Covered” on pages 11–12.

Coverage is for 36 months or 36,000 miles, whichever occurs first, withthe exception of wheel alignment and wheel balancing, which are cov-ered for 12 months or 20,000 miles, whichever occurs first.

Powertrain WarrantyThis warranty covers repairs needed to correct defects in materials orworkmanship of any component listed in the next column and suppliedby Toyota, subject to the exceptions indicated under “What Is NotCovered” on pages 11–12.

Coverage is for 60 months or 60,000 miles, whichever occurs first.

EngineCylinder block and head and all internal parts, intake manifold, timinggears and gaskets, timing chain/belt and cover, flywheel, valve covers, oil pan, oil pump, engine mounts, turbocharger housing and all internalparts, supercharger housing and all internal parts, engine control com-puter, water pump, fuel pump, seals and gaskets.

Transmission and TransaxleCase and all internal parts, torque converter, clutch cover, transmissionmounts, transfer case and all internal parts, engine control computer,seals and gaskets.

Front-Wheel-Drive SystemFinal drive housing and all internal parts, axle shafts, drive shafts, constant velocity joints, front hub and bearings, seals and gaskets.

Rear-Wheel-Drive SystemAxle housing and all internal parts, propeller shafts, U-joints, axleshafts, drive shafts, bearings, supports, seals and gaskets.

WHAT IS COVERED AND HOW LONG



Corrosion Perforation WarrantyThis warranty covers repair or replacement of any original body panelthat develops perforation from corrosion (rust-through), subject to theexceptions indicated under “What Is Not Covered” on pages 11–12.

Coverage is for 60 months, regardless of mileage.

For information on how to protect your vehicle from corrosion, see thesection entitled “Corrosion Prevention and Appearance Care” in theOwner’s Manual.

Restraint Systems WarrantyThis warranty covers repairs needed to correct defects in materials orworkmanship of any seatbelt or air bag system supplied by Toyota, subject to the exceptions indicated under “What Is Not Covered” onpages 11–12.

Coverage is for 60 months or 60,000 miles, whichever occurs first.

For vehicles sold and registered in the state of Kansas, the warranty forseatbelts and related components is 10 years, regardless of mileage.

TowingWhen your vehicle is inoperable due to failure of a warranted part, towing service to the nearest authorized Toyota dealership is covered.



This warranty does not cover damage or failures resulting directly orindirectly from any of the following:

• Fire, accidents or theft

• Abuse or negligence

• Misuse — for example, racing or overloading

• Improper repairs

• Alteration or tampering, including installation of non-Genuine Toyota Accessories

• Lack of or improper maintenance, including use of fluids otherthan those specified in the Owner’s Manual

• Installation of non-Genuine Toyota Parts

• Airborne chemicals, tree sap, road debris (including stone chips), rail dust, salt, hail, floods, wind storms, lightning and otherenvironmental conditions

• Water contamination

This warranty also does not cover the following:

Tires

Tires are covered by a separate warranty provided by the tire manufac-turer. See page 26.

Normal Wear and TearNoise, vibration, cosmetic conditions and other deterioration caused bynormal wear and tear.

Maintenance ExpenseNormal maintenance services such as:

• Engine tune-ups

• Replacement of fluids and filters

• Lubrication

• Cleaning and polishing

• Replacement of spark plugs and fuses

• Replacement of worn wiper blades, brake pads/linings and clutch linings

WHAT IS NOT COVERED



Maintenance ExpenseNormal maintenance services such as:

• Engine tune-ups

• Replacement of fluids and filters

• Lubrication

• Cleaning and polishing

• Replacement of spark plugs and fuses

• Replacement of worn wiper blades, brake pads/linings and clutch linings

Noise, vibration, cosmetic conditions and other deterioration caused bynormal wear and tear.

Normal Wear and Tear

Tires are covered by a separate warranty provided by the tire manufac-turer. See page 26.

Vehicles With Altered OdometerFailure of a vehicle on which the odometer has been altered so thatactual vehicle mileage cannot be readily determined.

Salvage or Total-Loss VehiclesAny vehicle that has ever been issued a “salvage” title or similar titleunder any state’s law; or has ever been declared a “total loss” or equiva-lent by a financial institution or insurer, such as by payment for a claim inlieu of repairs because the cost of repairs exceeded the cash value of thevehicle. This exclusion does not apply to the emission control warranties.

Incidental DamagesIncidental or consequential damages associated with a vehicle failure.Such damages include but are not limited to inconvenience; the cost oftransportation, telephone calls and lodging; the loss of personal or com-mercial property; and the loss of pay or revenue.

Disclaimer of Extra Expenses and DamagesThe performance of necessary repairs and adjustments is the exclu-sive remedy under this warranty or any implied warranty. Toyotadoes not authorize any person to create for it any other obligationor liability in connection with this vehicle. Toyota shall not be liablefor incidental or consequential damages resulting from breach ofthis written warranty or any implied warranty. Any implied war-ranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose is limitedto the duration of this written warranty, except in states where thislimitation is not allowed.



If a dispute arises regarding your warranty coverage, please follow thesteps described under “If You Need Assistance” on pages 4–5. Pleasenote that you must use the Dispute Settlement Program before seekingremedies through a court action pursuant to the Magnuson-MossWarranty Act. You may also be required to use the Dispute SettlementProgram before seeking remedies under the “Lemon Laws” of your state.Please check the appropriate page of the Owner’s Warranty RightsNotification booklet (located in your glove box) for the requirementsapplicable to your state.



DISPUTE RESOLUTION

Emission Defect WarrantyToyota warrants that your vehicle:

• Was designed, built and equipped to conform at the time of sale withapplicable federal emissions standards.

• Is free from defects in materials and workmanship that may cause thevehicle to fail to meet these standards.

Federal regulations require that this warranty be in effect for two years or 24,000 miles from the vehicle’s in-service date, whichever occursfirst. However, under the terms of the Basic Warranty, Toyota providescoverage of three years or 36,000 miles, whichever occurs first. Speci-fic components may have longer coverage under the terms of thePowertrain Warranty. Additionally, components marked “8/80” in theparts list on pages 15–16 have coverage of eight years or 80,000 miles,whichever occurs first.

Emission Performance WarrantySome states and localities have established vehicle inspection and main-tenance (I/M) programs to encourage proper vehicle maintenance. If anEPA-approved I/M program is in force in your area, you are eligible forEmission Performance Warranty coverage.

Under the terms of the Emission Performance Warranty and federal regulations, Toyota will make all necessary repairs if both of the following occur:

• Your vehicle fails to meet applicable emissions standards as determined by an EPA-approved emissions test.

• This failure results or will result in some penalty to you — such as a fine or denial of the right to use your vehicle — under local, state or federal law.

This warranty is in effect for two years or 24,000 miles from the vehicle’sin-service date, whichever occurs first. Additionally, components marked“8/80” in the parts list on pages 15–16 have coverage of eight years or80,000 miles, whichever occurs first.

WHAT IS COVERED AND HOW LONG


Federal Emission Control Warranty

These warranty obligations do not apply to failures or non-compliancecaused by:

• The use of replacement parts not certified in accordance with aftermarket parts certification regulations.

• The use of replacement parts not equivalent in quality or design to original equipment parts.

Provisions under the “What Is Not Covered” section of the New VehicleLimited Warranty also apply to this warranty.

Air/Fuel Metering System• Air/fuel ratio feedback control system

• Cold-start enrichment system

• Deceleration control system

• Electronic fuel injection system components— Airflow sensor— Engine control module (8/80)— Throttle body— Other components

Air Induction System• Intake manifold and intake air surge tank

Catalyst System• Catalytic converter and protector (8/80)

• Constricted fuel filler neck

• Exhaust manifold

• Exhaust pipe (manifold to catalyst and/or catalyst to catalyst)

WHAT IS NOT COVERED WARRANTY PARTS LIST

8/80 = Covered for eight years or 80,000 miles, whichever occurs first.



*

Evaporative Control System• Charcoal canister

• Diaphragm valve

• Fuel filler cap

• Fuel tank

• Vapor liquid separator

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System• EGR gas temperature sensor

• EGR valve

• Associated parts

Ignition System• Distributor and internal parts

• Ignition coil and ignitor

• Ignition wires

• Spark plugs*

Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) System• Oil filler cap

• PCV valve or orifice

Other Parts Used in Above Systems• Data link connector (8/80)

• Hoses, clamps, fittings, tubing and mounting hardware

• Malfunction indicator light and bulb (8/80)

• Pulleys, belts and idlers

• Sealing gaskets and devices

• Sensors, switches and valves

Warranted until first required maintenance under terms of theCalifornia Emission Control Warranty.

8/80 = Covered for eight years or 80,000 miles, whichever occurs first.



You are responsible for performance of the required maintenance indi-cated in the Owner’s Manual and the Scheduled Maintenance Guide.Toyota will not deny a warranty claim solely because you do not haverecords to show that you maintained your vehicle. However, any failureor noncompliance caused by lack of maintenance is not covered by thiswarranty.

When maintenance and repairs are paid for by you, these servicesmay be performed by you or by any automotive service provider youchoose. Toyota will not deny a warranty claim simply because youused a service provider other than a Toyota dealership for mainte-nance and repairs. However, any failure or non-compliance caused byimproper maintenance or repairs is not covered by this warranty.

To ensure optimum performance and maintain the quality built intoyour vehicle’s emission control systems, Toyota recommends the use ofGenuine Toyota Parts when servicing or repairing the systems.

Warranty coverage is not dependent upon the use of any particularbrand of replacement parts and you may elect to use non–GenuineToyota Parts for maintenance and repairs. However, use of replace-ment parts that are not equivalent in quality to Genuine ToyotaParts may impair the effectiveness of the emission control systems.

If you use replacement parts that have maintenance or replacementschedules different from those of Genuine Toyota Parts, you must followthe maintenance and replacement schedules for the parts you are using.In addition, you should ensure that such parts are warranted by theirmanufacturers to be equivalent to Genuine Toyota Parts.

MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT PARTS



If your vehicle fails an EPA-approved emissions test, you may make aclaim under the Emission Performance Warranty. To do so, take yourvehicle to an authorized Toyota dealership and present a copy of theemissions test report. Also, take your maintenance records in case theyare needed.

If your claim qualifies for coverage, the dealership will repair your vehi-cle within 30 days (unless a shorter period is required by law). If yourclaim is denied, Toyota will notify you in writing of the reason within the same period. If we fail to do so, we will repair your vehicle free ofcharge. The only exceptions allowed are when you request or agree to adelay, or a delay is caused by factors beyond the control of Toyota or thedealership.

For information on how to obtain service under the Emission DefectWarranty, see page 29, “Obtaining Warranty Service.”

If you have questions or concerns about your vehicle’s federal emissionwarranty coverage, please follow the steps described under “If You NeedAssistance” on pages 4–5. In the case of the Emission PerformanceWarranty, you may also request information from or report complaints to:

U.S. Environmental Protection AgencyVehicle Programs & Compliance Division (6405J)Attn: Warranty Complaints401 M Street SWWashington, D.C. 20460

Vehicles equipped with a California Certified Emission Control Systemthat are registered and operated in California or any state thatadopts California emission warranty provisions are also covered bythe California Emission Control Warranty (see page 20). Currently,Massachusetts and Vermont are the only other states to which theCalifornia Emission Control Warranty applies.

IF YOUR VEHICLE FAILS AN EMISSIONS TEST IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS



We (the dealership) want you to know that at the time your new Toyotavehicle is being delivered:

1) On the basis of written notification furnished by Toyota, we haveknowledge that the vehicle is covered by an EPA Certificate ofConformity.

2) We have visually inspected those emission control devices or portionsthereof that are visible without removing or adjusting any compo-nents or systems, emissions-related or otherwise. On the basis of thisinspection, there are no apparent deficiencies in the installation ofemission control devices by Toyota. (For purposes of this certificate,“emission control devices” is limited to devices installed on a vehiclefor the sole or primary purpose of controlling emissions and whichwere not in general use before 1968.)

3) We have performed all emission control system preparations requiredby Toyota prior to the sale of the vehicle as set forth in Toyota’s cur-rent pre-delivery service manual.

4) Except as may be provided in Paragraph 5, if this vehicle fails an EPA-approved emissions test within three months or 4,000 miles(whichever comes first) of delivery to the ultimate purchaser, and thevehicle has been maintained and used in accordance with the writ-ten instructions for proper maintenance and use, Toyota will remedy

the non-conformity free of charge under the terms of the EmissionPerformance Warranty.

5) If vehicle was used as a company car or demonstrator, check box andcomplete the following:

□ The vehicle with which this statement is delivered was placed into service as a company car or demonstrator prior to delivery.The Emission Performance Warranty period commenced on thedate the vehicle was first placed into service, which was:

Month Day Year

Note: The dealership makes no representation or warranty that theemission control system or any part thereof is without defect or thatthe system will perform properly. The Emission Performance Warrantyreferred to in Paragraph 4 and furnished with the vehicle is solely thatof the manufacturer.

This statement is required by section 207 of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C.7541) and the EPA regulations issued thereunder.

Dealership Name

DEALER CERTIFICATE



The California Air Resources Board (CARB) and Toyota are pleased toexplain the emission control system warranty for your 2003 vehicle. InCalifornia, new motor vehicles must be designed, built and equipped tomeet the state’s stringent anti-smog standards. CARB regulations requirethat Toyota must warrant the emission control system on your vehicle forthe time periods indicated on this page, provided there has been noabuse, neglect or improper maintenance of your vehicle.

Your emission control system may include parts such as the fuel injectionsystem, ignition system, catalytic converter and engine computer. Alsoincluded may be hoses, belts, connectors and other emissions-relatedassemblies.

Where a warrantable condition exists, Toyota will repair your vehicle atno cost to you, including diagnosis, parts and labor.

1) For three years or 50,000 miles, whichever occurs first:*

• If your vehicle fails a smog-check test, all necessary repairs andadjustments will be made by Toyota to ensure that your vehiclepasses the test. This is your Emission Control System PERFORMANCEWARRANTY.

• If any emissions-related part on your vehicle is defective, the partwill be repaired or replaced by Toyota. This is your SHORT-TERMEmission Control System DEFECT WARRANTY. Covered parts are listedon pages 15–16. Specific components may have longer coverageunder the terms of the Powertrain Warranty.

2) For seven years or 70,000 miles, whichever occurs first:*

• If an emissions-related part listed on pages 22—23 is defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by Toyota. This is yourLONG-TERM Emission Control System DEFECT WARRANTY.

YOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

MANUFACTURER’S WARRANTY COVERAGE


California Emission Control Warranty

* For 4-cylinder Camry models certified as partial zero-emission vehicles (PZEV),if any, coverage is 15 years or 150,000 miles, whichever occurs first.

You are responsible for performance of the required maintenance indi-cated in the Owner’s Manual and the Scheduled Maintenance Guide.Toyota recommends that you retain all receipts covering maintenance onyour vehicle, but Toyota cannot deny warranty coverage solely for thelack of receipts or your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduledmaintenance.

You are responsible for presenting your vehicle to a Toyota dealership assoon as a problem exists. The warranty repairs should be completed in areasonable amount of time, not to exceed 30 days.

You should also be aware that Toyota may deny you warranty coverage ifyour vehicle or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect, improper main-tenance or unapproved modifications.

If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and responsi-bilities, you should contact the Toyota Customer Assistance Center at(800)331-4331 or the California Air Resources Board, Mobile SourceControl Division, at 9528 Telstar Avenue, P.O. Box 8001, El Monte, CA91734-8001.

These warranty obligations do not apply to failures or noncompliancecaused by:

• The use of replacement parts not certified in accordance with aftermarket parts certification regulations.

• The use of replacement parts not equivalent in quality or design tooriginal equipment parts.

Provisions under the “What Is Not Covered” section of the New VehicleLimited Warranty also apply to this warranty.

OWNER’S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES WHAT IS NOT COVERED



The parts listed here are covered for seven years or 70,000 miles fromthe vehicle’s in-service date, whichever occurs first.

Air/Fuel Metering System• Air-fuel ratio sensor on Highlander

• Engine control computer (engine control module)

• Fuel pump on Sienna

• Mass air flow sensor on Tacoma equipped with 2RZ-FE and 3RZ-FE

• Throttle body

Air Induction System• Intake manifold and intake air surge tank

• Intake manifold gasket on MR2 Spyder

Catalyst System• Catalytic converter (warm-up three-way catalyst)

• Exhaust center pipe on Avalon, Corolla Matrix 4WD, Highlanderequipped with 1MZ-FE, Tacoma and Tundra equipped with 5VZ-FE

• Exhaust front pipe on Avalon, Camry, Camry Solara, Celica, Corolla,Corolla Matrix 2WD, ECHO, Highlander equipped with 1MZ-FE, LandCruiser, MR2 Spyder, Sequoia, Sienna, Tacoma, Tundra and 4Runner

• Exhaust manifold on Avalon, Camry, Camry Solara, Highlander, LandCruiser, MR2 Spyder, RAV4, Sequoia, Sienna, Tundra equipped with2UZ-FE and 4Runner

• Exhaust manifold gasket on Land Cruiser, Sequoia, Tundra equippedwith 2UZ-FE and 4Runner

• Right exhaust manifold gasket on Sienna and on Avalon, Camry,Camry Solara and Highlander models equipped with 1MZ-FE



PARTS LIST: LONG-TERM EMISSION DEFECT WARRANTY

Evaporative Control System• Charcoal canister on Highlander, Land Cruiser and 4Runner

• Fuel tank

Ignition System• Knock sensor on Land Cruiser, MR2 Spyder, Sequoia, Tacoma

equipped with 5VZ-FE, Tundra and 4Runner

You are responsible for performance of the required maintenance indi-cated in the Owner’s Manual and the Scheduled Maintenance Guide.Toyota will not deny a warranty claim solely because you do not haverecords to show that you maintained your vehicle. However, any failureor noncompliance caused by lack of maintenance is not covered by thiswarranty.

When maintenance and repairs are paid for by you, these servicesmay be performed by you or by any automotive service provider youchoose. Toyota will not deny a warranty claim simply because youused a service provider other than a Toyota dealership for mainte-nance and repairs. However, any failure or non-compliance caused byimproper maintenance or repairs is not covered by this warranty.

MAINTENANCE



To ensure optimum performance and maintain the quality built intoyour vehicle’s emission control systems, Toyota recommends the use ofGenuine Toyota Parts when servicing or repairing the systems.

Warranty coverage is not dependent upon the use of any particularbrand of replacement parts and you may elect to use non-GenuineToyota Parts for maintenance and repairs. However, use of replace–ment parts that are not equivalent in quality to Genuine ToyotaParts may impair the effectiveness of the emission control systems.

If you use replacement parts that have maintenance or replacementschedules different from those of Genuine Toyota Parts, you must followthe maintenance and replacement schedules for the parts you are using.In addition, you should ensure that such parts are warranted by theirmanufacturers to be equivalent to Genuine Toyota Parts.

If your vehicle fails a smog-check test, you may make a claim under theEmission Performance Warranty. To do so, take your vehicle to an autho-rized Toyota dealership and present a copy of the smog-check testreport. Also, take your maintenance records in case they are needed.

If your claim qualifies for coverage, the dealership will repair your vehi-cle within 30 days (unless a shorter period is required by law). If yourclaim is denied, Toyota will notify you in writing of the reason within the same period. If we fail to do so, we will repair your vehicle free ofcharge. The only exceptions allowed are when you request or agree to a delay, or a delay is caused by factors beyond the control of Toyota orthe dealership.

For information on how to obtain service under the Emission DefectWarranty, see page 29, “Obtaining Warranty Service.”

REPLACEMENT PARTS IF YOUR VEHICLE FAILS A SMOG-CHECK TEST



If a Toyota dealership is unable to complete repairs on your vehicle within 30 days, you may have the repairs made under Toyota’s provisions for emergency warranty repairs. See page 29 for details.

If you have questions or concerns about your vehicle’s California emis-sion warranty coverage, please follow the steps described under “If YouNeed Assistance” on pages 4–5. You may also request information fromor report complaints to:

California Air Resources BoardMobile Source Control Division9528 Telstar AvenueP.O. Box 8001El Monte, CA 91734-8001(800)242-4450

Vehicles equipped with a California Certified Emission Control Systemthat are registered and operated in California or any state thatadopts California emission warranty provisions are covered by thiswarranty. Currently, Massachusetts and Vermont are the only otherstates to which this warranty applies. Vehicles covered by this warranty are also covered by the Federal Emission Control Warranty(see page 14).

REPAIR DELAYS IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS



OBTAINING WARRANTY SERVICE ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT TIRE MANUFACTURERS

The tires that come as original equipment on your vehicle are warrantedby their manufacturer and not Toyota. A separate warranty statement forthe tires is in your glove box.

To obtain service for a tire defect, take the tire to an authorized dealerof the tire manufacturer. (Refer to your local phone directory for dealerlocations.) Your Toyota dealer may also be able to assist you in obtainingwarranty service from the manufacturer.

For additional warranty information or service assistance, contact the tire manufacturer directly.


Tire Limited Warranty

Bridgestone/FirestoneOne Bridgestone ParkNashville, TN 37214(800)847-3272

Continental General Tire1800 Continental Blvd.Charlotte, NC 28273(800)847-3349

Goodyear Dunlop TiresNorth America, Ltd.P.O. Box 1109Buffalo, NY 14240(800)548-4714

Goodyear Tire and Rubber Co.1144 East Market StreetAkron, OH 44316(800)321-2136

Michelin/BFGoodrichP.O. Box 19001Greenville, SC 29602(800)847-3435

Toyo Tire (U.S.A.) Corporation6261 Katella Ave., Ste. 2BCypress, CA 90630(800)442-8696

Yokohama Tire Corporation601 South Acacia AvenueFullerton, CA 92831(800)722-9888

You are responsible for ensuring that your Toyota is operated and main-tained according to the instructions in the Owner’s Manual and theScheduled Maintenance Guide.

You should keep detailed records of vehicle maintenance, since undersome circumstances they may be required for warranty coverage. Theserecords should include date of service, mileage at time of service and adescription of service performed and/or parts installed. For your conve-nience, a maintenance log is included in the Scheduled MaintenanceGuide. If you sell your vehicle, you should give your maintenance recordsto the new owner.

Toyota will not deny a warranty claim solely because you do not haverecords to show that you maintained your vehicle. However, damage orfailures caused by lack of proper maintenance are not covered underwarranty.

You may have maintenance performed on your vehicle by any qualifiedperson or facility. However, Toyota recommends having maintenanceperformed by an authorized Toyota dealership.

Toyota dealership technicians are specially trained to maintain and repairToyota vehicles. They stay current on the latest service informationthrough Toyota technical bulletins, service publications and trainingcourses. Many are also certified through the Toyota CertificationProgram, which involves a series of rigorous written examinations. Feelfree to ask any Toyota dealership to show you its technicians’ credentials.

You can be confident you’re getting the best possible service for yourvehicle when you take it to a Toyota dealership. Plus, a Toyota dealer-ship will always use Genuine Toyota Parts designed specifically for yourvehicle.

GENERAL INFORMATION WHERE TO GO FOR MAINTENANCE

Your Responsibilities 27

Operation and Maintenance

Warranty coverage is not dependent upon the use of any particularbrand of replacement parts. However, Toyota recommends using onlyGenuine Toyota Parts when you need to replace a part on your vehicle.Like all Toyota products, Genuine Toyota Parts are built to the higheststandards of quality, durability and performance. They are also designedto fit your vehicle’s exact specifications.

Your Toyota dealership maintains an extensive inventory of GenuineToyota Parts to meet your vehicle service needs. And because it is linkedelectronically to Toyota’s Parts Distribution Centers, the dealership hasquick access to any parts it may not have in stock.

Genuine Toyota Parts are covered by their own warranty (see your dealerfor details) or the remainder of any applicable New Vehicle LimitedWarranty, whichever is longer. Non–Genuine Toyota Parts, or anydamage or failures resulting from their use, are not covered by any Toyota warranty.

REPLACEMENT PARTS

Your Responsibilities28

Operation and Maintenance

In the United States, U.S. Territories and CanadaTo obtain warranty service in the United States, U.S. territories or Canada,take your vehicle to an authorized Toyota dealership. If your vehicle cannot be driven, contact your nearest Toyota dealership for towingassistance. You do not have to pay for towing to the nearest Toyota deal-ership if your vehicle is inoperable due to failure of a warranted part.

Outside the United States, U.S. Territories and CanadaIf you are using your vehicle outside the United States, U.S. territoriesand Canada and need warranty service, contact a local Toyota dealer-ship. Please note, however, that your vehicle may not be repaired free of charge because the local Toyota distributor may have no obligation toprovide warranty service for your vehicle, and/or your vehicle may notcomply with local regulatory or environmental requirements.

If your vehicle is inoperable or unsafe to drive and there is no Toyotadealership reasonably available to make repairs, you may perform therepairs yourself or have them performed by another automotive serviceprovider. Toyota will reimburse you for any of the repairs that are cov-ered by warranty. To receive reimbursement, present to an authorizedToyota dealership your paid repair invoices and any parts that wereremoved from the vehicle. You will be reimbursed for warranted parts at the manufacturer’s suggested retail price and warranted labor at ageographically appropriate hourly rate multiplied by Toyota’s recom-mended time allowance for the repair.

If your vehicle requires emergency repair, Toyota assumes no liability for subsequent failures caused by improper repairs or the use of non-Genuine Toyota Parts unless you have the vehicle properly repaired in atimely manner. To ensure that warranty coverage remains intact, haveyour vehicle inspected by an authorized Toyota dealership as soon aspossible after an emergency repair.

Obtaining Warranty Service

Your Responsibilities 29

BY GEOGRAPHIC REGION EMERGENCY REPAIRS

Notes

30

Notes

31

Notes

32

Check one: ■■ Same owner, name and/or address has changed ■■ New owner, purchased vehicle used

■■ Same owner, additional driver who should receive product/safety updates

■■ Mr. ■■ Mrs. ■■ Ms. ■■ Miss ■■ Dr.

Owner Information Change Form

EVV

First name M.I. Last name

Company name

Street address or P.O. Box Apt. or suite number

City State Zip code

Home phone number Work phone number Extension

Vehicle Identification Number (required to process change) Mo. Day Year

–

– – – –

– –

/ /

Check here if address belowis for company

■■

This information is obtained solely for the use of Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.Toyota occasionally sends special promotional offers to registered owners. Check here if you prefer not to receive these offers. ■■

/

Effective date ofthis information

Social Security Number(optional; for Toyota customer reference only)

If your name

or address has

changed or you

purchased your

Toyota as a used

vehicle, please

complete and

mail the attached

card, even if your

warranty coverage

has expired. This

will enable Toyota

to contact you

with important

product or safety

updates concern-

ing your vehicle.

If the card is no

longer attached,

please call the

Toyota Customer

Assistance Center at

(800) 331-4331.


03 07.07

WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU PLEASE BUCKLE UP

Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.

Toyota belts are:

� Comfortable

� Easy to use

� Convenient

We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

U


STARTING AND DRIVINGStarting and drivingBefore starting the engine 154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to start the engine 154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tips for driving in various conditions 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dinghy towing 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer towing 158. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer, too 158. . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 3


Before starting the engine1. Check the area around the vehicle be-

fore entering it.

Sequential manual transmission only:When the driver’s door is opened, a motorsound may be heard from the enginecompartment, but it is not a malfunction.The motor will stop after a certain periodof time.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,seat cushion angle and steering wheelangle.

3. Adjust the inside and outside rear viewmirrors.

4. Lock both the doors.

5. Fasten seat belts.

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-sories.

3. Sequential manual transmission: Turnthe ignition switch to “ON” position.Hold down the brake pedal firmly, andplace the selector lever to the “N” posi-tion. Make sure that the “N” indicatorin the instrument cluster comes on. Astarter safety device will prevent thestarter from operating if the selectorlever is in a position except “N” or thebrake pedal is not depressed.

Manual transmission: Press the clutchpedal to the floor and shift the trans-mission into neutral. Hold the clutchpedal to the floor until the engine isstarted. A starter safety device will pre-vent the starter from operating if theclutch pedal is not fully depressed.

(b) Starting the engineBefore starting the engine, be sure tofollow the instructions in “(a) Beforecranking”.

Normal starting procedure

The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-tial multiport fuel injection system in yourengine automatically controls the properair–fuel mixture for starting. You can starta cold or hot engine as follows:

Sequential manual transmission: Withyour foot off the accelerator pedal, turnthe ignition key to the ”START” positionand crank the engine while depressingthe brake pedal. Release the key whenthe engine starts.The engine cannot be cranked if theselector lever is in a position except”N” or the brake pedal is not de-pressed.

Manual transmission: With your footoff the accelerator pedal, crank the en-gine by turning the key to the “START”position. Release the key when the en-gine starts.

Engine should be warmed up by driving,not in idle. For warming up drive withsmoothly turning engine until engine cool-ant temperature is within normal range.

03 07.07

How to start the engine—(a) Before cranking


If the engine stalls...

Simply restart it, using the correct proce-dure given in normal starting.

If the engine will not start...

See “If your vehicle will not start—” onpage 162 in Section 4.

NOTICE

� Do not crank for more than 30 sec-onds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

� Do not race a cold engine.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, have theengine checked immediately.

� Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.This will allow you much better control.

� Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-sible, at a right angle. Avoid drivingonto high, sharp–edged objects andother road hazards. Failure to do socan lead to severe tire damage suchas a tire burst.Drive slowly when passing over bumpsor travelling on a bumpy road. Other-wise, the impact could cause severedamage to the tires and/or wheels.

� When parking on a hill, turn the frontwheels until they touch the curb sothat the vehicle will not roll. Apply theparking brake, and place the transmis-sion in “S(1)” or “R” (sequential manualtransmission) or in first or reverse(manual transmission). If necessary,block the wheels.

� Washing your vehicle or driving throughdeep water may get the brakes wet. Tosee whether they are wet, check thatthere is no traffic near you, and thenpress the pedal lightly. If you do notfeel a normal braking force, the brakesare probably wet. To dry them, drivethe vehicle cautiously while lightlypressing the brake pedal with the park-ing brake applied. If they still do notwork safely, pull to the side of the roadand call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

CAUTION

� Before driving off, make sure thatthe parking brake is fully releasedand the parking brake reminderlight is off.

� Do not leave your vehicle unat-tended while the engine is running.

� Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving. It can causedangerous overheating, needlesswear, and poor fuel economy.

� To drive down a long or steep hill,reduce your speed and downshift.Remember, if you ride the brakesexcessively, they may overheat andnot work properly.

� Be careful when accelerating, up-shifting, downshifting or braking ona slippery surface. Sudden accelera-tion or engine braking could causethe vehicle to spin or skid.

03 07.07

Tips for driving in variousconditions


� Do not drive in excess of the speedlimit. Even if the legal speed limitpermits it, do not drive over 140km/h (85 mph) unless your vehiclehas high–speed capability tires.Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) mayresult in tire failure, loss of controland possible injury. Be sure to con-sult a tire dealer to determinewhether the tires on your vehicleare high–speed capability tires ornot before driving at such speeds.

� Do not continue normal drivingwhen the brakes are wet. If they arewet, your vehicle will require a lon-ger stopping distance, and it maypull to one side when the brakesare applied. Also, the parking brakewill not hold the vehicle securely.

Winter driving tipsMake sure your coolant is properly pro-tected against freezing.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”or similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non–silicate, non–amine, non–nitrite,and non–borate coolant with long–life hy-brid organic acid technology.

See “Checking the engine coolant level” inSection 7–2 for details of coolant typeselection.

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with 50% coolant and 50% deion-ized water. This coolant provides protec-tion down to about –35�C (–31�F).

NOTICE

Do not use plain water alone.

Check the condition of the battery andcables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity ofany battery, so it must be in top shapeto provide enough power for winter start-ing. Section 7–3 tells you how to visuallyinspect the battery. Your Toyota dealerand most service stations will be pleasedto check the level of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity issuitable for the cold weather.

See page 206 in Section 7–2 for recom-mended viscosity. Leaving a heavy sum-mer oil in your vehicle during wintermonths may cause harder starting. If youare not sure about which oil to use, callyour Toyota dealer—he will be pleased tohelp.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock de–icer or glycerine into thelocks to keep them from freezing.

Use a washer fluid containing an anti-freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyotadealer and most auto parts stores. Followthe manufacturer’s directions for howmuch to mix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

03 07.07


Do not use your parking brake whenthere is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, put the transmission into“S(1)” or “R” (sequential manual transmis-sion) or into first or reverse (manualtransmission) and block the front wheels.Do not use the parking brake, or snow orwater accumulated in and around theparking brake mechanism may freeze,making it hard to release.

Keep ice and snow from accumulatingunder the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenderscan make steering difficult. During badwinter driving, stop and check under thefenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving,we recommend you carry some emer-gency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in thevehicle are tire chains, window scraper,bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,jumper cables, etc.

Dinghy towing

SB31003a

Your vehicle can be dinghy towed (withfour wheels on the ground) from thefront behind a motorhome.

CAUTION

Dinghy towing requires special equip-ment and accessories. Please refer toyour service outlet of the motorhomemanufacture for the recommendedequipment.

NOTICE

Dinghy towing does not eliminate thepossibility of damage to your vehicle.

DINGHY TOWING TIPS

Before dinghy towing, be sure to ob-serve the following in order to reducethe damage to your vehicle.

1. Shift the gear into neutral.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the “ACC”position. Make sure the audio is turnedoff.

NOTICE

To avoid the locking of the steeringwheel, turn the ignition switch to the“ACC” position.

3. Release the parking brake.

After dinghy towing, let the engine idle formore than 3 minutes before driving thevehicle.

03 07.07


SB31004a

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle from therear. This may cause serious damageto your vehicle.

Trailer towing

SB31002

Toyota does not recommend towing a trail-er with your MR2. It is not designed fortrailer towing.

Improving fuel economy is easy—just takeit easy. It will help make your vehicle lastlonger, too. Here are some specific tipson how to save money on both fuel andrepairs:

� Keep your tires inflated at the cor-rect pressure. Underinflation causestire wear and wastes fuel. See page211 in Section 7–2 for instructions.

� Do not carry unneeded weight inyour vehicle. Excess weight puts aheavier load on the engine, causinggreater fuel consumption.

� Avoid lengthy warm–up idling. Oncethe engine is running smoothly, begindriving—but gently. Remember, howev-er, that on cold winter days this maytake a little longer.

� Accelerate slowly and smoothly.Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into highgear as quickly as possible.

� Avoid long engine idling. If you havea long wait and you are not in traffic,it is better to turn off the engine andstart again later.

� Avoid engine lugging or over–rev-ving. Use a gear position suitable forthe road on which you are travelling.

03 07.07

How to save fuel and makeyour vehicle last longer, too


� Avoid continuous speeding up andslowing down. Stop–and–go drivingwastes fuel.

� Avoid unnecessary stopping andbraking. Maintain a steady pace. Tryto time the traffic signals so you onlyneed to stop as little as possible ortake advantage of through streets toavoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-den braking. This will also reduce wearon your brakes.

� Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jamswhenever possible.

� Do not rest your foot on the clutchor brake pedal. This causes prematurewear, overheating and poor fuel econo-my.

� Maintain a moderate speed on high-ways. The faster you drive, the greaterthe fuel consumption. By reducing yourspeed, you will cut down on fuel con-sumption.

� Keep the front wheels in properalignment. Avoid hitting the curb andslow down on rough roads. Improperalignment not only causes faster tirewear but also puts an extra load onthe engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

� Keep the bottom of your vehicle freefrom mud, etc. This not only lessensweight but also helps prevent corro-sion.

� Keep your vehicle tuned–up and intop shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oiland grease, brakes not adjusted, etc.all lower engine performance and con-tribute to poor fuel economy. For longerlife of all parts and lower operatingcosts, keep all maintenance work onschedule, and if you often drive undersevere conditions, see that your vehiclereceives more frequent maintenance.(For scheduled maintenance informa-tion, please refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’sManual Supplement”.)

CAUTION

Never turn off the engine to coastdown hills. Your power steering andbrake booster will not function with-out the engine running. Also, theemission control system operatesproperly only when the engine is run-ning.

03 07.07


03 07.07


IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYIn case of an emergencyIf your vehicle will not start 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your engine stalls while driving 165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot increase the engine speed 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle overheats 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you have a flat tire 167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle becomes stuck 176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle needs to be towed 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot shift the sequential manual transmission selector lever . 181

If you lose your keys 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 4


Before making these checks, make sureyou have followed the correct startingprocedure given in “How to start theengine” on page 154 in Section 3 and thatyou have sufficient fuel. Also checkwhether the other keys will start theengine. If they work, your key may bebroken. Have the key checked at yourToyota dealer. If none of your keys work,there may be a malfunction in the immobi-lizer system. Call your Toyota dealer. (See“Keys” on page 8 in Section 1–2.)

If the engine is not turning over or isturning over too slowly—

1. Check that the battery terminals aretight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switchon the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes outwhen the starter is cranked, the batteryis discharged. You may try jump start-ing. See “(c) Jump starting” on page163 for further instructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still willnot start, it needs adjustment or repair.Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repairshop.

NOTICE

� Sequential manual transmissiononly: Your vehicle cannot be pull–or push–started.

� Do not pull– or push–start the ve-hicle. It may damage the vehicle orcause a collision when the enginestarts. Also the three–way catalyticconverter may overheat and becomea fire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normalspeed but will not start—

1. The engine may be flooded because ofrepeated cranking. See “(b) Starting aflooded engine” on page 162 for furtherinstructions.

2. If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyotadealer or qualified repair shop.

(b) Starting a flooded engineIf the engine will not start, your enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking.

Sequential manual transmission: If thishappens, turn the key to “START” with theaccelerator pedal and brake pedal fullydepressed. Keep the key, accelerator ped-al and brake pedal in these positions for15 seconds and release them. Then re-lease the accelerator pedal, and try crank-ing the engine with the brake pedal de-pressed.

Manual transmission: If this happens,turn the key to “START” with the accelera-tor pedal fully depressed. Keep the keyand accelerator pedal in these positionsfor 15 seconds and release them. Thentry starting the engine with your foot offthe accelerator pedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 sec-onds of cranking, release the key, wait afew minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealeror qualified repair shop for assistance.

03 07.07

If your vehicle will not start—(a) Simple checks


NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 sec-onds at a time. This may overheat thestarter and wiring systems.

(c) Jump startingTo avoid serious personal injury anddamage to your vehicle which might re-sult from battery explosion, acid burns,electrical burns, or damaged electroniccomponents, these instructions must befollowed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow thisprocedure, we strongly recommend thatyou seek the help of a competent me-chanic or towing service.

CAUTION

� Batteries contain sulfuric acidwhich is poisonous and corrosive.Wear protective safety glasses whenjump starting, and avoid spillingacid on your skin, clothing, or ve-hicle.

� If you should accidentally get acidon yourself or in your eyes, removeany contaminated clothing and flushthe affected area with water imme-diately. Then get immediate medicalattention. If possible, continue toapply water with a sponge or clothwhile en route to the medical office.

� The gas normally produced by abattery will explode if a flame orspark is brought near. Use onlystandardized jumper cables and donot smoke or light a match whilejump starting.

Warning: Battery posts, terminals andrelated accessories contain lead andlead compounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to cause can-cer and reproductive harm. Washhands after handling.

NOTICE

The battery used for boosting mustbe 12 V. Do not jump start unless youare sure that the booster battery iscorrect.

03 07.07


JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, make sure the vehiclesare not touching. Turn off all unneces-sary lights and accessories.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugsfrom the booster and discharged batter-ies. Lay a cloth over the open ventson the batteries. (This helps reduce theexplosion hazard, personal injuries andburns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with thebooster battery is not running, start itand let it run for a few minutes. Duringjump starting, run the engine at about2000 rpm with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

SB41055

Discharged battery

Boosterbattery

Positive terminal (“+” mark)

Positiveterminal(“+” mark)

Jumpercable

4. Make the cable connections in the or-der a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other endof the positive (red) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal on the boosterbattery.

SB41056Jumper cable

Boosterbattery Negative terminal

(“–” mark)

Dischargedbattery

c. Connect the clamp of the negative(black) jumper cable to the negative (–)terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other endof the negative (black) jumper cable toa solid, stationary, unpainted, metallicpoint of the vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

The recommended connecting point isshown in the following illustration:

03 07.07


SB41040

Connecting point

Do not connect the cable to or nearany part that moves when the engineis cranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, toavoid serious injury, do not lean overthe battery or accidentally let thejumper cables or clamps touch any-thing except the correct battery termi-nals or the ground.

5. Sequential manual transmission: Turnthe ignition switch to “ON” position.Hold down the brake pedal firmly, andplace the selector lever to “N” position.Make sure that the “N” indicator in theinstrument cluster comes on. Thenstart your engine in a normal way.

Manual transmission: Start your en-gine in the normal way.

After starting, run it at about 2000 rpmfor several minutes with the acceleratorpedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in theexact reverse order: the negative cableand then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery covercloths—they may now contain sulfuricacid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery ventplugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent (for example, lights left on),you should have it checked at your Toyotadealer.

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Sequential manual transmission: Turnthe ignition key to “ACC” or “LOCK”position. Approximately 5 seconds after,try starting the engine again.

Manual transmission: Turn the ignitionkey to “ACC” or “LOCK”, and try start-ing the engine again.

If the engine will not start, see “If yourvehicle will not start—” on page 162 inthis Section.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

03 07.07

If your engine stalls whiledriving



At this time, if you depress the accelera-tor pedal more firmly and slowly, you candrive you vehicle at low speeds. Haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er as soon as possible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe ignition key is turned to ”ACC” or”LOCK” position.

CAUTION

Be especially careful to prevent erro-neous pedal operation.

If your vehicle overheatsIf your engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates overheating, if you ex-perience a loss of power, or if you heara loud knocking or pinging noise, theengine has probably overheated. Youshould follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-hicle and turn on your emergencyflashers. Put the transmission in “N”(sequential manual transmission) or inneutral (manual transmission) and ap-ply the parking brake. Turn off the airconditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of theradiator or reservoir, stop the engine.Wait until the steam subsides beforeopening the hood. If there is no coolantboiling over or steam, leave the enginerunning and make sure the electriccooling fan is operating. If it is not,turn the ignition off.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keepthe hood closed until there is nosteam. Escaping steam or coolant isa sign of very high pressure.

3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from theradiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.However, note that water draining fromthe air conditioning is normal if it hasbeen used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keephands and clothing away from themoving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en-gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealerfor assistance.

5. If there are no obvious leaks, checkthe coolant reservoir. If it is dry, addcoolant to the reservoir while the en-gine is running. Fill it about half full.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the coolantreservoir cap or air release valvewhen the engine and radiator are hot.Serious injury could result fromscalding hot fluid and steam blownout under pressure.

03 07.07

If you cannot incr ease theengine speed


6. After the engine coolant temperaturehas cooled to normal, again check thecoolant level in the reservoir. If neces-sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-ous coolant loss indicates a leak in thesystem. You should have it checked assoon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

If you have a flat tire—1. Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe placewell away from the traffic. Avoidstopping on the center divider ofa highway. Park on a level spotwith firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on youremergency flashers.

3. Firmly engage the parking brakeand put the transmission lever in“R” (sequential manual transmis-sion) or in reverse (manual trans-mission).

4. Have everyone get out of the ve-hicle on the side away from traffic.

5. Read the following instructionsthoroughly.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observethe following to reduce the possi-bility of personal injury:� Follow jacking instructions.� Do not put any part of your

body under the vehicle sup-ported by the jack. Personal in-jury may occur.

� Do not start or run the enginewhile your vehicle is supportedby the jack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parkingbrake and put the transmissionin “R” (sequential manualtransmission) or in reverse(manual transmission). Blockthe wheel diagonally oppositeto the one being changed ifnecessary.

03 07.07


� Make sure to set the jack prop-erly in the jack point. Raisingthe vehicle with jack improper-ly positioned will damage thevehicle or may allow the ve-hicle to fall off the jack andcause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehiclewhen the vehicle is supportedby the jack alone.

� Use the jack only for liftingyour vehicle during wheelchanging.

� Do not raise the vehicle withsomeone in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, donot put an object on or underthe jack.

� Raise the vehicle only highenough to remove and changethe tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with adeflated tire. Driving even ashort distance can damage atire and wheel beyond repair. SB41069a

The spare tire with turning direc-tion indicators is of a uni–direc-tional type and is intended for useon the passenger side of the ve-hicle.This spare tire has the same size andthe same turning direction as thestandard tire of the front passengerside. However, the spare tire mustonly be used temporary because thewheel differs from the standard tire.

03 07.07

—Spare tire with turningdirection indicators


CAUTION

� The spare tire was designedespecially for your Toyota. Donot use it on any other vehicle.

� Do not use more than onespare tire at the same time.

� Do not exceed 80 km/h (50mph) when driving with thespare tire.

� The standard tire should be re-paired and reinstalled as soonas possible.

� Avoid sudden a cceleration,sudden d eceleration and sharpturns with the spare tire.

SB41053a

Spare tire

SB41054b

Tool bag

1. Get the tool bag and spare tire.You will find a jack in the tool bag.To prepare yourself for an emergency,you should familiarize yourself withthe use of the jack, each of the toolsand their storage locations.

03 07.07

—Required tools and sparetire


SB41047

To remove the spare tire:1. Open the front box cover in the

trunk.

SB41061a

2. Remove the spare wheel cover.

SB41063b

3. Loosen the bolt and remove it.Then take the spare tire out of thevehicle.When storing the spare tire, put it inplace with the outer side of the wheelfacing up. Then secure the tire by re-peating the above removal steps inreverse order to prevent it from flyingforward during a collision or suddenbraking.

03 07.07


—Blocking the wheel

SB41035

2. Block the wheel diagonally op-posite the flat tire to keep thevehicle from rolling when it isjacked up.

When blocking the wheel, place awheel block in front of one of the frontwheels or behind one of the rearwheels.

—Loosening wheel nuts

SB41027a

3. Loosen all the wheel nuts.Always loosen the wheel nuts beforeraising the vehicle.Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwiseto loosen. To get maximum leverage,fit the wrench to the nut so that thehandle is on the right side, as shownabove. Grab the wrench near the endof the handle and pull up on the han-dle. Be careful that the wrench doesnot slip off the nut.Do not remove the nuts yet—just un-screw them about one–half turn.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. The nuts may loos-en and the wheels may fall off,which could cause a serious ac-cident.

03 07.07


—Positioning the jack

SB41036

4. Position the jack at the correctjack point as shown.

Make sure the jack is positioned ona level and solid place.

—Raising your vehicle

SB41029

5. After making sure that no oneis in the vehicle, raise it highenough so that the compactspare tire can be installed.

Remember you will need more groundclearance when putting on the com-pact spare tire than when removingthe flat tire.To raise the vehicle, insert the jackhandle into the jack (it is a loose fit)and turn it clockwise. As the jacktouches the vehicle and begins to lift,double–check that it is properly posi-tioned.

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by thejack alone.

03 07.07


—Changing wheels

SB41028a

6. Remove the wheel nuts andchange tires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put itaside.Roll the spare wheel into position andalign the holes in the wheel with thebolts. Then lift up the wheel and getat least the top bolt started throughits hole. Wiggle the tire and press itback over the other bolts.

SB41044b

Before putting wheels on, remove anycorrosion on the mounting surfaceswith a wire brush or such. Installationof wheels without good metal–to–met-al contact at the mounting surface cancause wheel nuts to loosen and even-tually cause a wheel to come off whiledriving.

—Reinstalling wheel nuts

SD04004b

7. Reinstall all the wheel nuts withfinger tight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered endinward) and tighten them as much asyou can by finger. Press back on thetire back and see if you can tightenthem more.

03 07.07


CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. Doing so may leadto overtightening the nuts anddamaging the bolts. The nutsmay loosen and the wheels mayfall off, which could cause a seri-ous accident. If there is oil orgrease on any bolt or nut, cleanit.

—Lowering your vehicle

SB41031b

8. Lower the vehicle completelyand tighten the wheel nuts.

Turn the jack handle counterclock-wise to lower the vehicle.Use only the wheel nut wrench andturn it clockwise to tighten the nuts.Do not use other tools or any addition-al leverage other than your hands,such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.Make sure the wrench is securely en-gaged over the nut.Tighten each nut a little at a time inthe order shown. Repeat the processuntil all the nuts are tight.

CAUTION

� When lowering the vehicle,make sure all portions of yourbody and all other personsaround will not be injured asthe vehicle is lowered to theground.

� Have the wheel nuts tightenedwith torque wrench to 103 N·m(10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf), as soonas possible after changingwheels. Otherwise, the nutsmay loosen and the wheelsmay fall off, which could causea serious accident.

03 07.07


—After changing wheels9. Check the air pressure of the re-

placed tire.Adjust the air pressure to the specifi-cation designated on page 242 inSection 8. If the pressure is lower,drive slowly to the nearest servicestation and fill to the correct pressure.Do not forget to reinstall the tire infla-tion valve cap as dirt and moisturecould get into the valve core and pos-sibly cause air leakage. If the cap ismissing, have a new one put on assoon as possible.10.Restow all the tools, jack and

flat tire securely.As soon as possible after changingwheels, tighten the wheel nuts to thetorque specified on page 242 in Sec-tion 8 with a torque wrench. Have atechnician repair the flat tire and re-place the spare tire with it.

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all thetools, jack and flat tire are se-curely in place in their storagelocation to reduce the possibilityof personal injury during a colli-sion or sudden braking.

SB41025

Remove the wheel ornament from theflat tire before restowing the flat tire.

03 07.07


SB41037

NOTICE

The size of the front wheel andthe rear wheel is different. Inorder to prevent the wronginstallation, there is a pin onthe assembly surface inside therear wheel as shown above.Therefore, the rear wheels can-not be installed on the front.

If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,mud, sand, etc., then you may attemptto rock the vehicle free by moving itforward and backward.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward and back-ward if people or objects are any-where near the vehicle. During therocking operation the vehicle maysuddenly move forward or backwardas it becomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people or ob-jects.

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe thefollowing precautions to prevent dam-age to the transmission and otherparts.

� Do not depress the accelerator ped-al while shifting the selector leveror before the transmission is com-pletely shifted to forward or reversegear.

� Do not race the engine and avoidspinning the wheels.

� If your vehicle remains stuck afterrocking the vehicle several times,consider other ways such as tow-ing.

03 07.07

If your vehicle becomes stuck


SB41062—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice. In consultation with them, haveyour vehicle towed using either (a) or(b).

Only when you cannot receive a towingservice from a Toyota dealer or com-mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-hicle carefully in accordance with theinstructions given in “—Emergencytowing” on page 178 in this Section.

Proper equipment will help ensure thatyour vehicle is not damaged while beingtowed. Commercial operators are generallyaware of the state/provincial and locallaws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it istowed incorrectly. Although most operatorsknow the correct procedure, it is possibleto make a mistake. To avoid damage toyour vehicle, make sure the following pre-cautions are observed. If necessary, showthis page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing,and abide by the state/provincial and locallaws. The wheels and axle on the groundmust be in good condition. If they aredamaged, use a towing dolly.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front— We recommend using a tow-ing dolly under the rear wheels. If you donot use a towing dolly, release the parkingbrake and put the transmission in “N” (se-quential manual transmission) or in neutral(manual transmission). The key must bein “ACC” (sequential manual transmission).

Sequential manual transmission only:After shifting the selector lever to the “N”position, always make sure that the gearis actually disengaged and is in neutral bypushing the vehicle by hand or othermeans. In case the gear can not be putin neutral, turn the ignition switch from the“OFF” to “ON” position, and operate theselector lever once from “N” to “S” or “R”,then back to “N” again. Then turn theignition switch from the “ON” to “OFF”position. These procedures may help putthe gear in neutral. If the gear still cannot be put in neutral, you can not towwithout a towing dolly.

From rear— Place the ignition key in the“ACC” position.

03 07.07

If your vehicle needs to betowed—


CAUTION

Do not tow without a towing dollywhen the ignition switch is in the“ON” position and/or when the trans-mission is not in the neutral gearposition. Otherwise, you may be in-volved in an unexpected accident.

NOTICE

� When lifting wheels, take care toensure adequate ground clearancefor towing at the opposite end ofthe raised vehicle. Otherwise, thebumper and/or underbody of thetowed vehicle will be damaged dur-ing towing.

� Do not tow with the key removed orin the “LOCK” position, as thesteering lock mechanism is notstrong enough to hold the frontwheels straight while towing.


SB41057

(c) Towing with sling type truck


NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-ther from the front or rear. This maycause body damage.

—Emergency towing

SB41033c

Front

SB41034b

Rear

03 07.07


If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

If a towing service is not available inan emergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed by a cable or chainsecured to either the emergency towingeyelet on the front of the vehicle or theright emergency towing eyelet on therear of the vehicle. Use extreme cautionwhen towing vehicles.

To install the towing eyelet, see“—Installing towing eyelet” on page 180 inthis Section.

NOTICE

Only use specified towing eyelet;otherwise your vehicle may be dam-aged.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard–surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

� Use extreme caution when towing avehicle. Avoid sudden starts or er-ratic driving maneuvers whichwould place excessive stress on theemergency towing eyelets and tow-ing cable or chain. The eyelets andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

� In case of installing the eyelet onthe vehicle, be sure to tighten theeyelet securely. If the eyelet isloose, it may come off when towingand result in death or serious injuryto the passenger in the front ve-hicle or damage to that vehicle.

NOTICE

� Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towing ve-hicles. Securely fasten the cable orchain to the towing eyelets pro-vided.

� Do not use the left rear eyelet. It isnot designed for towing.

Before towing, release the parking brakeand put the transmission in “N” (sequentialmanual transmission) or in neutral (manualtransmission).

Sequential manual transmission: Thekey must be in “ACC”.

Manual transmission: The key must bein “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine run-ning).

Sequential manual transmission only:After shifting the selector lever to the “N”position, always make sure that the gearis actually disengaged and is in neutral bypushing the vehicle by hand or othermeans. In case the gear can not be putin neutral, turn the ignition switch from the“OFF” to “ON” position, and operate theselector lever once from “N” to “S” or “R”,then back to “N” again. Then turn theignition switch from the ”ON” to “OFF”position. These procedures may help putthe gear in neutral. If the gear still cannot be put in neutral, you can not towwith cables or chains.

03 07.07


CAUTION

� If the engine is not running, thepower assist for the brakes andsteering will not work so steeringand braking will be much harderthan usual.

� Do not tow with a cable or chainwhen the ignition switch is in the“ON” position and/or when thetransmission is not in the neutralgear position. Otherwise, you maybe involved in an unexpected acci-dent.

—Installing towing eyelet

SB41065

1. Remove the towing eyelet cover on thebumper, using a flat–bladed screwdriverwhich is wrapped with a cloth.

SB41066

2. Use the towing eyelet in the tool bag.Secure it to the hole on the bumper byturning clockwise. (For the tool bagstorage location, see “—Required toolsand spare tire” on page 169 in thisSection.)

03 07.07


SB41067

3. Tighten the towing eyelet securely bya wheel nut wrench.

CAUTION

When installing the eyelet on the ve-hicle, be sure to tighten the eyeletsecurely. If the eyelet is loose, it maycome off when being towed and re-sult in death or serious injury.

SD04002

In case the selector lever lock is notreleased and the selector lever cannotbe moved even though the ignitionswitch is turned to the ”ON” position,follow the procedures below:

1. Turn the ignition key to the ”LOCK”or “ACC” position. Make sure theparking brake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flat–bladedscrewdriver or equivalent.

SD04003

3. To push the link, insert a key orscrewdriver to the hole. The levercan be operated while the link isbeing pushed.

4. Shift into the ”N” position.

5. Re–insert the cover.

6. Start the engine while depressing thebrake pedal.

Be sure to have the system checked byyour Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

03 07.07

If you cannot shift thesequential manualtransmission selector lever


If you lose your keysYou can purchase a new key at yourToyota dealer if you can give them thekey number and master key.

Even if you lose only one key, contactyour Toyota dealer to make a new key. Ifyou lose all your master keys, you cannotmake new keys; the whole engine immobi-lizer system must be replaced.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” onpage 8 in Section 1–2.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle andyou cannot get a duplicate, many Toyotadealers can still open the door for you,using their special tools. If you mustbreak a window to get in, we suggestbreaking the side window because it isthe least expensive to replace. Be ex-tremely cautious to avoid cuts from theglass.

03 07.07


IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYIn case of an emergencyIf your vehicle will not start 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your engine stalls while driving 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot increase the engine speed 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle overheats 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you have a flat tire 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle becomes stuck 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle needs to be towed 223. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot shift the sequential manual transmission selector lever . 227

If you lose your keys 228. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 4


Before making these checks, make sureyou have followed the correct startingprocedure given in “How to start theengine” on page 178 in Section 3 and thatyou have sufficient fuel. Also checkwhether the other keys will start theengine. If they work, your key may bebroken. Have the key checked at yourToyota dealer. If none of your keys work,there may be a malfunction in the immobi-lizer system. Call your Toyota dealer. (See“Keys” on page 8 in Section 1- 2.)

If the engine is not turning over or isturning over too slowly—

1. Check that the battery terminals aretight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switchon the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes outwhen the starter is cranked, the batteryis discharged. You may try jump start-ing. See “(c) Jump starting” on page209 for further instructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still willnot start, it needs adjustment or repair.Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repairshop.

NOTICE

� Sequential manual transmissiononly: Your vehicle cannot be pull-or push- started.

� Do not pull- or push- start the ve-hicle. It may damage the vehicle orcause a collision when the enginestarts. Also the three- way catalyticconverter may overheat and becomea fire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normalspeed but will not start—

1. The engine may be flooded because ofrepeated cranking. See “(b) Starting aflooded engine” on page 208 for furtherinstructions.

2. If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyotadealer or qualified repair shop.

(b) Starting a flooded engineIf the engine will not start, your enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking.

Sequential manual transmission: If thishappens, turn the key to “START” with theaccelerator pedal and brake pedal fullydepressed. Keep the key, accelerator ped-al and brake pedal in these positions for15 seconds and release them. Then re-lease the accelerator pedal, and try crank-ing the engine with the brake pedal de-pressed.

Manual transmission: If this happens,turn the key to “START” with the accelera-tor pedal fully depressed. Keep the keyand accelerator pedal in these positionsfor 15 seconds and release them. Thentry starting the engine with your foot offthe accelerator pedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 sec-onds of cranking, release the key, wait afew minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealeror qualified repair shop for assistance.

03 07.07

If your vehicle will not start—(a) Simple checks


NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 sec-onds at a time. This may overheat thestarter and wiring systems.

(c) Jump startingTo avoid serious personal injury anddamage to your vehicle which might re-sult from battery explosion, acid burns,electrical burns, or damaged electroniccomponents, these instructions must befollowed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow thisprocedure, we strongly recommend thatyou seek the help of a competent me-chanic or towing service.

CAUTION

� Batteries contain sulfuric acidwhich is poisonous and corrosive.Wear protective safety glasses whenjump starting, and avoid spillingacid on your skin, clothing, or ve-hicle.

� If you should accidentally get acidon yourself or in your eyes, removeany contaminated clothing and flushthe affected area with water imme-diately. Then get immediate medicalattention. If possible, continue toapply water with a sponge or clothwhile en route to the medical office.

� The gas normally produced by abattery will explode if a flame orspark is brought near. Use onlystandardized jumper cables and donot smoke or light a match whilejump starting.


NOTICE

The battery used for boosting mustbe 12 V. Do not jump start unless youare sure that the booster battery iscorrect.

03 07.07


JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, make sure the vehiclesare not touching. Turn off all unneces-sary lights and accessories.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugsfrom the booster and discharged batter-ies. Lay a cloth over the open ventson the batteries. (This helps reduce theexplosion hazard, personal injuries andburns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with thebooster battery is not running, start itand let it run for a few minutes. Duringjump starting, run the engine at about2000 rpm with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

SB41055

Discharged battery

Boosterbattery

Positive terminal (“+” mark)

Positiveterminal(“+” mark)

Jumpercable

4. Make the cable connections in the or-der a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other endof the positive (red) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal on the boosterbattery.

SB41056Jumper cable

Boosterbattery Negative terminal

(“- ” mark)

Dischargedbattery

c. Connect the clamp of the negative(black) jumper cable to the negative (- )terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other endof the negative (black) jumper cable toa solid, stationary, unpainted, metallicpoint of the vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

The recommended connecting point isshown in the following illustration:

03 07.07


SB41040

Connecting point

Do not connect the cable to or nearany part that moves when the engineis cranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, toavoid serious injury, do not lean overthe battery or accidentally let thejumper cables or clamps touch any-thing except the correct battery termi-nals or the ground.

5. Sequential manual transmission: Turnthe ignition switch to “ON” position.Hold down the brake pedal firmly, andplace the selector lever to “N” position.Make sure that the “N” indicator in theinstrument cluster comes on. Thenstart your engine in a normal way.

Manual transmission: Start your en-gine in the normal way.

After starting, run it at about 2000 rpmfor several minutes with the acceleratorpedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in theexact reverse order: the negative cableand then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery covercloths—they may now contain sulfuricacid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery ventplugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent (for example, lights left on),you should have it checked at your Toyotadealer.

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Sequential manual transmission: Turnthe ignition key to “ACC” or “LOCK”position. Approximately 5 seconds after,try starting the engine again.

Manual transmission: Turn the ignitionkey to “ACC” or “LOCK”, and try start-ing the engine again.

If the engine will not start, see “If yourvehicle will not start—” on page 208 inthis Section.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

03 07.07

If your engine stalls whiledriving



At this time, if you depress the accelera-tor pedal more firmly and slowly, you candrive you vehicle at low speeds. Haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er as soon as possible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe ignition key is turned to ”ACC” or”LOCK” position.

CAUTION

Be especially careful to prevent erro-neous pedal operation.

If your vehicle overheatsIf your engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates overheating, if you ex-perience a loss of power, or if you heara loud knocking or pinging noise, theengine has probably overheated. Youshould follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-hicle and turn on your emergencyflashers. Put the transmission in “N”(sequential manual transmission) or inneutral (manual transmission) and ap-ply the parking brake. Turn off the airconditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of theradiator or reservoir, stop the engine.Wait until the steam subsides beforeopening the hood. If there is no coolantboiling over or steam, leave the enginerunning and make sure the electriccooling fan is operating. If it is not,turn the ignition off.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keepthe hood closed until there is nosteam. Escaping steam or coolant isa sign of very high pressure.

3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from theradiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.However, note that water draining fromthe air conditioning is normal if it hasbeen used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keephands and clothing away from themoving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en-gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealerfor assistance.

5. If there are no obvious leaks, checkthe coolant reservoir. If it is dry, addcoolant to the reservoir while the en-gine is running. Fill it about half full.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the coolantreservoir cap or air release valvewhen the engine and radiator are hot.Serious injury could result fromscalding hot fluid and steam blownout under pressure.

03 07.07

If you cannot incr ease theengine speed


6. After the engine coolant temperaturehas cooled to normal, again check thecoolant level in the reservoir. If neces-sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-ous coolant loss indicates a leak in thesystem. You should have it checked assoon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

If you have a flat tire—1. Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe placewell away from the traffic. Avoidstopping on the center divider ofa highway. Park on a level spotwith firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on youremergency flashers.

3. Firmly engage the parking brakeand put the transmission lever in“R” (sequential manual transmis-sion) or in reverse (manual trans-mission).

4. Have everyone get out of the ve-hicle on the side away from traffic.

5. Read the following instructionsthoroughly.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observethe following to reduce the possi-bility of personal injury:� Follow jacking instructions.� Do not put any part of your

body under the vehicle sup-ported by the jack. Personal in-jury may occur.

� Do not start or run the enginewhile your vehicle is supportedby the jack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parkingbrake and put the transmissionin “R” (sequential manualtransmission) or in reverse(manual transmission). Blockthe wheel diagonally oppositeto the one being changed ifnecessary.

03 07.07


� Make sure to set the jack prop-erly in the jack point. Raisingthe vehicle with jack improper-ly positioned will damage thevehicle or may allow the ve-hicle to fall off the jack andcause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehiclewhen the vehicle is supportedby the jack alone.

� Use the jack only for liftingyour vehicle during wheelchanging.

� Do not raise the vehicle withsomeone in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, donot put an object on or underthe jack.

� Raise the vehicle only highenough to remove and changethe tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with adeflated tire. Driving even ashort distance can damage atire and wheel beyond repair. SB41069a

The spare tire with turning direc-tion indicators is of a uni- direc-tional type and is intended for useon the passenger side of the ve-hicle.This spare tire has the same size andthe same turning direction as thestandard tire of the front passengerside. However, the spare tire mustonly be used temporary because thewheel differs from the standard tire.

03 07.07

—Spare tire with turningdirection indicators


CAUTION

� The spare tire was designedespecially for your Toyota. Donot use it on any other vehicle.

� Do not use more than onespare tire at the same time.

� Do not exceed 80 km/h (50mph) when driving with thespare tire.

� The standard tire should be re-paired and reinstalled as soonas possible.

� Avoid sudden a cceleration,sudden d eceleration and sharpturns with the spare tire.

SB41053a

Spare tire

SB41054b

Tool bag

1. Get the tool bag and spare tire.You will find a jack in the tool bag.To prepare yourself for an emergency,you should familiarize yourself withthe use of the jack, each of the toolsand their storage locations.

03 07.07

—Required tools and sparetire


SB41047

To remove the spare tire:1. Open the front box cover in the

trunk.

SB41061a

2. Remove the spare wheel cover.

SB41063b

3. Loosen the bolt and remove it.Then take the spare tire out of thevehicle.When storing the spare tire, put it inplace with the outer side of the wheelfacing up. Then secure the tire by re-peating the above removal steps inreverse order to prevent it from flyingforward during a collision or suddenbraking.

03 07.07


—Blocking the wheel

SB41035

2. Block the wheel diagonally op-posite the flat tire to keep thevehicle from rolling when it isjacked up.

When blocking the wheel, place awheel block in front of one of the frontwheels or behind one of the rearwheels.

—Loosening wheel nuts

SB41027a

3. Loosen all the wheel nuts.Always loosen the wheel nuts beforeraising the vehicle.Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwiseto loosen. To get maximum leverage,fit the wrench to the nut so that thehandle is on the right side, as shownabove. Grab the wrench near the endof the handle and pull up on the han-dle. Be careful that the wrench doesnot slip off the nut.Do not remove the nuts yet—just un-screw them about one- half turn.

CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. The nuts may loos-en and the wheels may fall off,which could cause a serious ac-cident.

03 07.07


—Positioning the jack

SB41036

4. Position the jack at the correctjack point as shown.

Make sure the jack is positioned ona level and solid place.

—Raising your vehicle

SB41029

5. After making sure that no oneis in the vehicle, raise it highenough so that the compactspare tire can be installed.

Remember you will need more groundclearance when putting on the com-pact spare tire than when removingthe flat tire.To raise the vehicle, insert the jackhandle into the jack (it is a loose fit)and turn it clockwise. As the jacktouches the vehicle and begins to lift,double- check that it is properly posi-tioned.

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by thejack alone.

03 07.07


—Changing wheels

SB41028a

6. Remove the wheel nuts andchange tires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put itaside.Roll the spare wheel into position andalign the holes in the wheel with thebolts. Then lift up the wheel and getat least the top bolt started throughits hole. Wiggle the tire and press itback over the other bolts.

SB41044b

Before putting wheels on, remove anycorrosion on the mounting surfaceswith a wire brush or such. Installationof wheels without good metal- to- met-al contact at the mounting surface cancause wheel nuts to loosen and even-tually cause a wheel to come off whiledriving.

—Reinstalling wheel nuts

SD04004b

7. Reinstall all the wheel nuts withfinger tight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered endinward) and tighten them as much asyou can by finger. Press back on thetire back and see if you can tightenthem more.

03 07.07


CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on thebolts or nuts. Doing so may leadto overtightening the nuts anddamaging the bolts. The nutsmay loosen and the wheels mayfall off, which could cause a seri-ous accident. If there is oil orgrease on any bolt or nut, cleanit.

—Lowering your vehicle

SB41031b

8. Lower the vehicle completelyand tighten the wheel nuts.

Turn the jack handle counterclock-wise to lower the vehicle.Use only the wheel nut wrench andturn it clockwise to tighten the nuts.Do not use other tools or any addition-al leverage other than your hands,such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.Make sure the wrench is securely en-gaged over the nut.Tighten each nut a little at a time inthe order shown. Repeat the processuntil all the nuts are tight.

CAUTION

� When lowering the vehicle,make sure all portions of yourbody and all other personsaround will not be injured asthe vehicle is lowered to theground.

� Have the wheel nuts tightenedwith torque wrench to 103 N·m(10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf), as soonas possible after changingwheels. Otherwise, the nutsmay loosen and the wheelsmay fall off, which could causea serious accident.

03 07.07


—After changing wheels9. Check the air pressure of the re-

placed tire.Adjust the air pressure to the specifi-cation designated on page 288 inSection 8. If the pressure is lower,drive slowly to the nearest servicestation and fill to the correct pressure.Do not forget to reinstall the tire infla-tion valve cap as dirt and moisturecould get into the valve core and pos-sibly cause air leakage. If the cap ismissing, have a new one put on assoon as possible.10.Restow all the tools, jack and

flat tire securely.As soon as possible after changingwheels, tighten the wheel nuts to thetorque specified on page 288 in Sec-tion 8 with a torque wrench. Have atechnician repair the flat tire and re-place the spare tire with it.

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all thetools, jack and flat tire are se-curely in place in their storagelocation to reduce the possibilityof personal injury during a colli-sion or sudden braking.

SB41025

Remove the wheel ornament from theflat tire before restowing the flat tire.

03 07.07


SB41037

NOTICE

The size of the front wheel andthe rear wheel is different. Inorder to prevent the wronginstallation, there is a pin onthe assembly surface inside therear wheel as shown above.Therefore, the rear wheels can-not be installed on the front.

If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,mud, sand, etc., then you may attemptto rock the vehicle free by moving itforward and backward.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to rock the vehiclefree by moving it forward and back-ward if people or objects are any-where near the vehicle. During therocking operation the vehicle maysuddenly move forward or backwardas it becomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people or ob-jects.

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe thefollowing precautions to prevent dam-age to the transmission and otherparts.

� Do not depress the accelerator ped-al while shifting the selector leveror before the transmission is com-pletely shifted to forward or reversegear.

� Do not race the engine and avoidspinning the wheels.

� If your vehicle remains stuck afterrocking the vehicle several times,consider other ways such as tow-ing.

03 07.07

If your vehicle becomes stuck


SB41062—From rear


(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice. In consultation with them, haveyour vehicle towed using either (a) or(b).

Only when you cannot receive a towingservice from a Toyota dealer or com-mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-hicle carefully in accordance with theinstructions given in “—Emergencytowing” on page 224 in this Section.

Proper equipment will help ensure thatyour vehicle is not damaged while beingtowed. Commercial operators are generallyaware of the state/provincial and locallaws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it istowed incorrectly. Although most operatorsknow the correct procedure, it is possibleto make a mistake. To avoid damage toyour vehicle, make sure the following pre-cautions are observed. If necessary, showthis page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing,and abide by the state/provincial and locallaws. The wheels and axle on the groundmust be in good condition. If they aredamaged, use a towing dolly.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front— We recommend using a tow-ing dolly under the rear wheels. If you donot use a towing dolly, release the parkingbrake and put the transmission in “N” (se-quential manual transmission) or in neutral(manual transmission). The key must bein “ACC” (sequential manual transmission).

Sequential manual transmission only:After shifting the selector lever to the “N”position, always make sure that the gearis actually disengaged and is in neutral bypushing the vehicle by hand or othermeans. In case the gear can not be putin neutral, turn the ignition switch from the“OFF” to “ON” position, and operate theselector lever once from “N” to “S” or “R”,then back to “N” again. Then turn theignition switch from the “ON” to “OFF”position. These procedures may help putthe gear in neutral. If the gear still cannot be put in neutral, you can not towwithout a towing dolly.

From rear— Place the ignition key in the“ACC” position.

03 07.07

If your vehicle needs to betowed—


CAUTION

Do not tow without a towing dollywhen the ignition switch is in the“ON” position and/or when the trans-mission is not in the neutral gearposition. Otherwise, you may be in-volved in an unexpected accident.

NOTICE

� When lifting wheels, take care toensure adequate ground clearancefor towing at the opposite end ofthe raised vehicle. Otherwise, thebumper and/or underbody of thetowed vehicle will be damaged dur-ing towing.

� Do not tow with the key removed orin the “LOCK” position, as thesteering lock mechanism is notstrong enough to hold the frontwheels straight while towing.


SB41057



NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-ther from the front or rear. This maycause body damage.

—Emergency towing

SB41033c

Front

SB41034b

Rear

03 07.07


If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

If a towing service is not available inan emergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed by a cable or chainsecured to either the emergency towingeyelet on the front of the vehicle or theright emergency towing eyelet on therear of the vehicle. Use extreme cautionwhen towing vehicles.

To install the towing eyelet, see“—Installing towing eyelet” on page 226 inthis Section.

NOTICE

Only use specified towing eyelet;otherwise your vehicle may be dam-aged.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard- surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

� Use extreme caution when towing avehicle. Avoid sudden starts or er-ratic driving maneuvers whichwould place excessive stress on theemergency towing eyelets and tow-ing cable or chain. The eyelets andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

� In case of installing the eyelet onthe vehicle, be sure to tighten theeyelet securely. If the eyelet isloose, it may come off when towingand result in death or serious injuryto the passenger in the front ve-hicle or damage to that vehicle.

NOTICE

� Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towing ve-hicles. Securely fasten the cable orchain to the towing eyelets pro-vided.

� Do not use the left rear eyelet. It isnot designed for towing.

Before towing, release the parking brakeand put the transmission in “N” (sequentialmanual transmission) or in neutral (manualtransmission).

Sequential manual transmission: Thekey must be in “ACC”.

Manual transmission: The key must bein “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine run-ning).

Sequential manual transmission only:After shifting the selector lever to the “N”position, always make sure that the gearis actually disengaged and is in neutral bypushing the vehicle by hand or othermeans. In case the gear can not be putin neutral, turn the ignition switch from the“OFF” to “ON” position, and operate theselector lever once from “N” to “S” or “R”,then back to “N” again. Then turn theignition switch from the ”ON” to “OFF”position. These procedures may help putthe gear in neutral. If the gear still cannot be put in neutral, you can not towwith cables or chains.

03 07.07


CAUTION

� If the engine is not running, thepower assist for the brakes andsteering will not work so steeringand braking will be much harderthan usual.

� Do not tow with a cable or chainwhen the ignition switch is in the“ON” position and/or when thetransmission is not in the neutralgear position. Otherwise, you maybe involved in an unexpected acci-dent.

—Installing towing eyelet

SB41065

1. Remove the towing eyelet cover on thebumper, using a flat- bladed screwdriverwhich is wrapped with a cloth.

SB41066

2. Use the towing eyelet in the tool bag.Secure it to the hole on the bumper byturning clockwise. (For the tool bagstorage location, see “—Required toolsand spare tire” on page 215 in thisSection.)

03 07.07


SB41067

3. Tighten the towing eyelet securely bya wheel nut wrench.

CAUTION

When installing the eyelet on the ve-hicle, be sure to tighten the eyeletsecurely. If the eyelet is loose, it maycome off when being towed and re-sult in death or serious injury.

SD04002

In case the selector lever lock is notreleased and the selector lever cannotbe moved even though the ignitionswitch is turned to the ”ON” position,follow the procedures below:

1. Turn the ignition key to the ”LOCK”or “ACC” position. Make sure theparking brake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flat- bladedscrewdriver or equivalent.

SD04003

3. To push the link, insert a key orscrewdriver to the hole. The levercan be operated while the link isbeing pushed.

4. Shift into the ”N” position.

5. Re- insert the cover.

6. Start the engine while depressing thebrake pedal.

Be sure to have the system checked byyour Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

03 07.07

If you cannot shift thesequential manualtransmission selector lever


If you lose your keysYou can purchase a new key at yourToyota dealer if you can give them thekey number and master key.

Even if you lose only one key, contactyour Toyota dealer to make a new key. Ifyou lose all your master keys, you cannotmake new keys; the whole engine immobi-lizer system must be replaced.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” onpage 8 in Section 1- 2.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle andyou cannot get a duplicate, many Toyotadealers can still open the door for you,using their special tools. If you mustbreak a window to get in, we suggestbreaking the side window because it isthe least expensive to replace. Be ex-tremely cautious to avoid cuts from theglass.

03 07.07


CORROSION PREVENTION ANDAPPEARANCE CARECorrosion prevention and appearance careProtecting your Toyota from corrosion 184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Washing and waxing your Toyota 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the interior 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 5


Toyota, through its diligent research, de-sign and use of the most advancedtechnology available, helps prevent corro-sion and provides you with the finest qual-ity vehicle construction. Now, it is up toyou. Proper care of your Toyota can helpensure long–term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosionto your vehicle are:

� The accumulation of road salt, dirt andmoisture in hard–to–reach areas underthe vehicle.

� Chipping of paint, or undercoatingcaused by minor accidents or bystones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you livein particular areas or operate your ve-hicle under certain environmental condi-tions:

� Road salt or dust control chemicals willaccelerate corrosion, as will the pres-ence of salt in the air near the sea–coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

� High humidity accelerates corrosion es-pecially when temperatures range justabove the freezing point.

� Wetness or dampness to certain partsof your vehicle for an extended periodof time, may cause corrosion eventhough other parts of the vehicle maybe dry.

� High ambient temperatures can causecorrosion to those components of thevehicle which do not dry quickly due tolack of proper ventilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keepyour vehicle, particularly the underside, asclean as possible and to repair any dam-age to paint or protective coatings assoon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on yourToyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, ofcourse, necessary to keep your vehicleclean by regular washing, but to preventcorrosion, the following points should beobserved:

� If you drive on salted roads in thewinter or if you live near the ocean,you should hose off the undercarriageat least once a month to minimize cor-rosion.

� High pressure water or steam is effec-tive for cleaning the vehicle’s undersideand wheel housings. Pay particularattention to these areas as it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to simply wet themud and debris without removing. Thelower edge of doors, rocker panels andframe members have drain holes whichshould not be allowed to clog with dirtas trapped water in these areas cancause corrosion.

� Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-oughly when winter is over.

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” onpage 185 for more tips.

Check the condition of your vehicle’spaint and trim. If you find any chips orscratches in the paint, touch them up im-mediately to prevent corrosion from start-ing. If the chips or scratches have gonethrough the bare metal, have a qualifiedbody shop make the repair.

03 07.07

Protecting your Toyota fromcorrosion


Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-ter and dirt can accumulate under thefloor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-casionally check under the mats to makesure the area is dry. Be particularly care-ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should betransported in proper containers. If a spillor leak should occur, immediately cleanand dry the area.

Use mud shields on your wheels. If youdrive on salted or gravel roads, mudshields help protect your vehicle. Full–sizeshields, which come as near to the groundas possible, are the best. We recommendthat the fittings and the area where theshields are installed be treated to resistcorrosion. Your Toyota dealer will behappy to assist in supplying and installingthe shields if they are recommended foryour area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilatedgarage or a roofed place. Do not parkyour vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-lated garage. If you wash your vehicle inthe garage, or if you drive it covered withwater or snow, your garage may be sodamp and it will cause corrosion. Even ifyour garage is heated, a wet vehicle cancorrode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regularwashing.

The following cases may cause weaknessto the paint or corrosion to the body andparts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-sible.

� When driving in a coastal area

� When driving on a road sprinkled withantifreeze

� When having coal tar, tree sap, birddroppings and carcass of an insect

� When driving in the areas where thereis a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dustand chemical substances

� When the vehicle becomes remarkablydirty with dust and mud

Hand–washing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until thevehicle body is not hot to the touch.

CAUTION

When cleaning under floor or chassis,be careful not to injure your hands.

For washing instructions for soft top, see“Soft top” on page 187.

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-move any mud or road salt from theunderside of the vehicle or in thewheel wells.

03 07.07

Washing and waxing yourToyota


SB51001

Spray water on the side windows or topseals from above, at a 45� angle to theground.

NOTICE

Do not spray water at side windowsand top seals in a way which maycause water to enter the vehicle.

2. Wash with a mild car–wash soap,mixed according to the manufacturer’sinstructions. Use a soft cotton mitt andkeep it wet by dipping it frequently intothe wash water. Do not rub hard—letthe soap and water remove the dirt.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plasticwheel ornaments are damaged easily byorganic substances. If any organic sub-stances splashes an ornament, be sure towash it off with water and check if theornament is damaged.

CAUTION

Do not attach the heavily damagedplastic wheel ornament. It may fly offthe wheel and cause accidents whilethe vehicle is moving.

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soapor neutral detergent.

Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do notscrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumperfaces are soft.

Road tar: Remove with turpentine orcleaners that are marked safe for paintedsurfaces.

NOTICE

Do not use organic substances (gaso-line, kerosene, benzine or strong sol-vents) which may be toxic or causedamage.

3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap cancause streaking. In hot weather youmay need to rinse each section rightafter you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicleusing a clean soft cotton towel. Do notrub or press hard—you might scratchthe paint.

Automatic car wash

NOTICE

Do not run your Toyota through auto-matic car washes or possible damageto the soft top may result.

03 07.07


Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommendedto maintain the original beauty of yourToyota’s finish.

Apply wax once a month or if the vehiclesurface does not repel water well.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-fore you begin waxing, even if you areusing a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. Ifthe finish has become extremely weath-ered, use a car–cleaning polish, fol-lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-low the manufacturer’s instructions andprecautions. Be sure to polish and waxthe chrome trim as well as the paint.

3. Wax the vehicle again when waterdoes not bead but remains on the sur-face in large patches.

NOTICE

� Always remove the plastic bumpersif your vehicle is re–painted andplaced in a high heat paint waxingbooth. High temperatures coulddamage the bumpers.

� Do not apply wax on the soft top.It may damage the soft top.

Touch–up paint

Touch–up paint may be used to coversmall chips or scratches.

Apply the paint soon after the damageoccurs or corrosion may set in. To do agood job, use a small artist’s brush andstir the paint well. Make sure the area isclean and dry. To apply the touch–up paintso it is hardly noticeable, the trick is toapply it only to the bare spots. Apply onlythe smallest amount possible and do notpaint the surface around the scratch orchip.

Soft top

General cleaning—

Follow the procedure shown below.

1. Brush off any loose dirt and rinse offwith a hose.

2. Using a sponge, wash with a mild solu-tion of soap (hand soap) in luke warmwater (below 38�C or 100�F).

3. Rinse thoroughly to remove soap.

NOTICE

� Do not use harsh or abrasive clean-ers as they may damage the topmaterial.

� Do not use water–repellents, wax orother preservative finishes as theymay stain the top material.

Additional cleaning (for more difficultstains)—

Follow the procedure shown below usinga mild cleaning solution composed of thefollowing ingredient.

� 110 g (4 oz.) of chlorine bleach

� 60 g (2 oz.) of soap (hand soap)

� 3.8L (1.0 gal., 0.8 lmp. gal.) of lukewarm water (below 38�C or 100�F).

1. Rinse the top, then spread the mildcleaning solution on the entire top. Donot put excessive amounts of liquid onthe fabric.

03 07.07


2. Scrub with a small, soft bristle hand-brush. Add water as needed until thecleaner becomes soapy. Allow solutionto settle for two to five minutes. Usea cloth or sponge to remove dirt so itwill not be ground into the top. Becareful not to allow any cleaner to dryon the body paint as it may causestreaks.

3. Rinse thoroughly.

If any dirt is left, repeat the procedure.

After the top has been cleaned, rinse thevehicle with clean water to remove all thecleaner.

After cleaning, always make sure the topis completely dry before you lower it. Low-ering the top while wet or damp maycause interior water damage, water stainsor mildew of the top material.

Cleaning the interior

CAUTION

Do not wash the vehicle floor withwater, or allow water to get onto thefloor when cleaning the vehicle interi-or or exterior. Water may get intoaudio components or other electricalcomponents above or under the floorcarpet (or mat) and cause a malfunc-tion; and it may cause body corro-sion.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easilycleaned with a mild soap or detergentand water.

First vacuum over the upholstery to re-move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge orsoft cloth, apply the soap solution to thevinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a fewminutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirtand wipe off the soap with a clean dampcloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-peat the procedure. Commercial foaming–type vinyl cleaners are also availablewhich work well. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions.

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasolineor window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foam–type shampoo toclean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to removeas much dirt as possible. Several types offoam cleaners are available; some are inaerosol cans and others are powders orliquids which you mix with water to pro-duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply water—the best results areobtained by keeping the carpet as dry aspossible. Read the shampoo instructionsand follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned withmild soap and water or with lukewarmwater.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-ing, check the belts for excessive wear,fraying, or cuts.

03 07.07


NOTICE

� Do not use dye or bleach on thebelts—it may weaken them.

� Do not use the belts until they be-come dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with anyhousehold window cleaner.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the win-dow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires or connec-tors.

Air conditioning control panel, car au-dio, instrument panel, console panel,and switches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-warm water then lightly wipe off any dirt.

NOTICE

� Do not use organic substances (sol-vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.These chemicals can cause discol-oring, staining or peeling of thesurface.

� If you use cleaners or polishingagents, make sure their ingredientsdo not include the substances men-tioned above.

� If you use a liquid car freshener, donot spill the liquid onto the ve-hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-tain the ingredients mentionedabove. Immediately clean any spillusing the method mentioned above.

Leather Interior

The leather upholstery may be cleanedwith neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampenedwith 5% solution of neutral detergent forwool. Then thoroughly wipe off all tracesof detergent with a clean damp cloth.

After cleaning or whenever any part of theleather gets wet, dry with a soft cleancloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-lated shaded area.

NOTICE

� If a stain should fail to come outwith a neutral detergent, apply acleaner that does not contain anorganic solvent.

� Never use organic substances suchas benzine, alcohol or gasoline, oralkaline or acid solutions for clean-ing the leather as these couldcause discoloring.

� Use of a nylon brush or syntheticfiber cloth, etc. may scratch thefine grained surface of the leather.

03 07.07


� Mildew may develop on soiled leath-er upholstery. Be especially carefulto avoid oil spots. Try to keep yourupholstery always clean.

� Long exposure to direct sunlightmay cause the leather surface toharden and shrink. Keep your ve-hicle in a shaded area, especially inthe summer.

� The interior of your vehicle is aptto heat up on hot summer days, soavoid placing on the upholsteryitems made of vinyl or plastic orcontaining wax as these tend tostick to leather when warm.

� Improper cleaning of the leather up-holstery could result in discolor-ation or staining.

If you have any questions about thecleaning of your Toyota, your localToyota dealer will be pleased to answerthem.

03 07.07


VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CAREVehicle maintenance and careMaintenance requirements 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General maintenance 193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does your vehicle need repairing? 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 195. . . . . . . . .

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

03 07.07

SECTION 6


Maintenance requirementsYour Toyota vehicle has been designed forfewer maintenance requirements with lon-ger service intervals to save both yourtime and money. However, each regularmaintenance, as well as day–to–day care,is more important than ever before to en-sure smooth, trouble–free, safe, and eco-nomical drivings.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure the specified maintenance, includinggeneral maintenance service, is performed.Note that both the new vehicle andemission control system warranties specifythat proper maintenance and care must beperformed. See “Owner’s WarrantyInformation Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement” for complete warrantyinformation.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day–to–day care practices that are important toyour vehicle for proper operation. It is theowner’s responsibility to insure that thegeneral maintenance items are performedregularly.

These checks or inspections can be doneeither by yourself or a qualified technician,or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will bepleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed inthe “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are thoserequired to be serviced at regular inter-vals.

For details of your maintenance schedule,read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

It is recommend that only genuineToyota parts be used for maintenanceor for the repair of the emissioncontrol system.

The owner may elect to use non–Toyotasupplied parts for replacement pur-poses without invalidating the emissioncontrol system warranty. However, useof replacement parts which are not ofequivalent quality may impair the effec-tiveness of the emission control sys-tems.

You may also elect to havemaintenance, replacement, or repair ofthe emission control devices andsystem performed by any automotiverepair establishment or individualwithout invalidating this warranty. See“Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement” forcomplete warranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are well–trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips and in–dealershiptraining programs. They learn to work onToyotas before they work on your vehicle,rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyotadealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-nomically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof thatall required maintenance has been per-formed for warranty coverage. If any prob-lems should arise with your vehicle whileunder warranty, your Toyota dealer willpromptly take care of it. Again, be sureto keep a copy of the repair order for anyservice performed on your Toyota.

What about do–it–yourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easyto do yourself if you have a little mechani-cal ability and a few basic automotivetools. Simple instructions for how to per-form them are presented in Section 7.

03 07.07


If you are a skilled do–it–yourselfmechanic, the Toyota service manuals arerecommended. Please be aware thatdo–it–yourself maintenance can affect yourwarranty coverage. See “Owner’s WarrantyInformation Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement” for the details.

General maintenanceListed below are the general maintenanceitems that should be performed as fre-quently as specified. In addition to check-ing the items listed, if you notice anyunusual noise, smell or vibration, youshould investigate the cause or take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-fied service shop immediately. It is recom-mended that any problem you notice bebrought to the attention of your dealer orthe qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only with ade-quate ventilation if you run the en-gine.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checkedfrom time to time, e.g. each time whenrefueling.

Washer fluidMake sure there is sufficient fluid in thetank. See page 225 in Section 7–3 foradditional information.

Engine coolant levelMake sure the coolant level is betweenthe “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the see–through reservoir when the engine is cold.See page 208 in Section 7–2 for addition-al information.

Radiator, condenser and hosesCheck that the front of the radiator andcondenser are clean and not blocked withleaves, dirt, or insects. See page 209 inSection 7–2 for additional information.

Battery electrolyte levelMake sure the electrolyte level of all bat-tery cells is between upper and lower lev-el lines on the case. Add only distilledwater when replenishing. See page 222 inSection 7–3 for additional information.

Brake fluid levelMake sure the brake fluid level is correct.See page 209 in Section 7–2 for addition-al information.

Engine oil levelCheck the level by the dipstick with theengine turned off and the vehicle parkedon a level spot. See page 206 in Section7–2 for additional information.

03 07.07


Power steering fluid levelCheck the level through the reservoir. Thelevel should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”range depending on the fluid temperature.See page 210 in Section 7–2 for addition-al information.

Exhaust systemIf you notice any change in the sound ofthe exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, havethe cause located and corrected immedi-ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” onpage 133 in Section 2.)

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checkedregularly, e.g. while performing periodicservices, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

LightsMake sure the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lightsare all working. Check headlight aim.

Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzersCheck that all service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheelBe alert for changes in steering condition,such as hard steering or strange noise.

SeatsCheck that all seat controls such as seatadjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operatesmoothly and that all latches lock securelyin any position. Check that the latcheslock securely.

Seat beltsCheck that the seat belt system such asbuckles and retractors operate properlyand smoothly. Make sure the belt webbingis not cut, frayed, worn or damaged.

Accelerator pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation anduneven pedal effort or catching.

Clutch pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation.

Brake pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation andthat the pedal has the proper clearance.Check the brake booster function.

BrakesAt a safe place, check that the brakes donot pull to one side when applied.

Parking brakeCheck that the lever has the proper traveland that, on a safe incline, your vehicleis held securely with only the parkingbrake applied.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performedfrom time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Fluid leaksCheck underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-ter or other fluid after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. If you smell fuelfumes or notice any leak, have the causefound and corrected immediately.

Doors and trunk lidCheck that both the doors operatesmoothly and all latches lock securely.Make sure the trunk lid secondary latchsecures the lid from opening when theprimary latch is released.

Tire pressureCheck the pressure with a gauge ev-ery two weeks, or at least once amonth. See page 211 in Section 7–2for additional information.Tire surface and wheel nutsCheck the tires carefully for cuts,damage or excessive wear. See page213 in Section 7–2 for additional infor-mation. When checking the tires,make sure no nuts are missing, andcheck the nuts for looseness. Tightenthem if necessary.

03 07.07


Be on the alert for changes in perfor-mance, sounds, and visual tip–offs thatindicate service is needed. Some impor-tant clues are as follows:

� Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging

� Appreciable loss of power

� Strange engine noises

� A leak under the vehicle (however, wa-ter dripping from the air conditioningafter use is normal.)

� Change in exhaust sound (This mayindicate a dangerous carbon monoxideleak. Drive with the windows open andhave the exhaust system checked im-mediately.)

� Flat–looking tire; excessive tire squealwhen cornering; uneven tire wear

� Vehicle pulls to one side when drivingstraight on a level road

� Strange noises related to suspensionmovement

� Loss of brake effectiveness; spongyfeeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal al-most touches floor; vehicle pulls to oneside when braking

� Engine coolant temperature continuallyhigher than normal

If you notice any of these clues, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible. It probably needs adjustment orrepair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the ve-hicle unchecked. It could result in se-rious vehicle damage and possiblypersonal injury.

Some states have vehicle emission in-spection programs which include OBD(On–Board Diagnostics) checks.

The OBD system monitors the operationof the emission control system. When theOBD system determines that a problemexists somewhere in the emission controlsystem, the malfunction indicator lampcomes on. In this case, your vehicle maynot pass the I/M test and need to berepaired. Contact your Toyota dealer toservice the vehicle.

Even if the malfunction indicator lampdoes not come on, your vehicle may notpass the I/M test as readiness codeshave not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically setduring ordinary driving. However, when thebattery is disconnected or run down, thecodes are erased. Also, depending onyour driving habits, the codes may not becompletely set.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp hadcome on recently due to temporary mal-function such as a loose fuel tank cap,your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

03 07.07

Does your vehicle needrepairing?

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs


The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips, but theerror code in the OBD system will not becleared unless about 40 trips or more aretaken.

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M testeven the malfunction indicator lamp doesnot come on, contact your Toyota dealerto prepare the vehicle for re–testing.

03 07.07


DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEIntroductionEngine compartment overview 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trunk room overview 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse locations 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do–it–yourself service precautions 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parts and tools 203. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positioning the jack 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 7– 1


1. Fuse block

2. Battery

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Engine oil level dipstick

5. Engine coolant reservoir

03 07.07

Engine compartment overview

SC71012b


1. Brake fluid reservoir

2. Fuse block

3. Power steering fluid reservoir

4. Radiator

5. Electric cooling fans

6. Condenser

7. Windshield washer fluid tank

03 07.07

Trunk room overview

SB71020b


Fuse locations

SB71010a

SB71011a

SB71017a

SB71013a

SB71019a

03 07.07


If you perform maintenance by yourself,be sure to follow the correct proceduregiven in this Section.

You should be aware that improper or in-complete servicing may result in operatingproblems.

Performing do–it–yourself maintenanceduring the warranty period may affect yourwarranty coverage. Read the separateToyota Warranty statement for details andsuggestions.

This section gives instructions only forthose items that are relatively easy for anowner to perform. As explained in Section6, there are still a number of items thatmust be done by a qualified technicianwith special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do–it–yourself maintenance, see “Parts andtools” on page 203.

Utmost care should be taken when work-ing on your vehicle to prevent accidentalinjury. Here are a few precautions thatyou should be especially careful to ob-serve:

CAUTION

� When the engine is running, keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom the moving fan and enginedrive belts. (Removing rings,watches, and ties is advisable.)

� Right after driving, the enginecompartment and trunk room—theengine, radiator, exhaust manifold,power steering fluid reservoir andspark plug boots, etc.—will be hot.So be careful not to touch them.Oil, fluids and spark plugs may alsobe hot.

� If the engine is hot, do not removethe coolant reservoir cap or air re-lease valve or loosen the drainplugs to prevent burning yourself.

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames around fuel or thebattery. Their fumes are flammable.

� Do not get under your vehicle withjust the body jack supporting it. Al-ways use automotive jack stands orother solid supports.

� Be sure that the ignition is off ifyou work near the electric coolingfans or radiator grille. With theignition on, the electric cooling fanswill automatically start to run if theengine coolant temperature is highand/or the air conditioning is on.

� Use eye protection whenever youwork on or under your vehiclewhere you may be exposed to flyingor falling material, fluid spray, etc.

� Be extremely cautious when work-ing on the battery. It contains poi-sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

� Warning: Battery posts, terminalsand related accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling

� Used engine oil contains potentiallyharmful contaminants which maycause skin disorders such as in-flammation or skin cancer, so careshould be taken to avoid prolongedand repeated contact with it. To re-move used engine oil from yourskin, wash thoroughly with soapand water.

03 07.07

Do–it–yourself serviceprecautions


� Do not leave used oil within thereach of children.

� Dispose of used oil and filter onlyin a safe and acceptable manner.Do not dispose of used oil and fil-ter in household trash, in sewers oronto the ground. Call your dealer ora service station for informationconcerning recycling or disposal.

� Take care when filling the brake andclutch fluid reservoirs becausebrake fluid can harm your eyes anddamage painted surfaces. If fluidgets in your eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water.

� When racing the engine, make surethat the gear position is in the “N”position. In case the accelerator isoperated with the gear in any otherpositions, the vehicle may move, re-sulting in an unexpected accident.

NOTICE

� Remember that battery and ignitioncables carry high currents or volt-ages. Be careful of accidentallycausing a short circuit.

� Add only “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality eth-ylene glycol based non–s ilicate,non–amine, non–nitrite, and non–bo-rate coolant with long–life hybridorganic acid technology to fill theradiator. And if you spill some ofthe coolant, be sure to wash it offwith water to prevent it from dam-aging the parts or paint.

� Do not allow dirt or anything elseto fall through the spark plug holes.

� Do not pry the outer electrode of aspark plug against the center elec-trode.

� Use only spark plugs of the speci-fied type. Using other types willcause engine damage, loss of per-formance or radio noise.

� Do not reuse iridium–tipped sparkplugs by cleaning or regapping.

� Do not drive with the air cleanerfilter removed, or excessive enginewear could result. Also backfiringcould cause a fire in the enginecompartment.

� Be careful not to scratch the glasssurface with the wiper frame.

� When closing the engine hood ortrunk, check to see that you havenot forgotten any tools, rags, etc.

03 07.07


Parts and toolsHere is a list of parts and tools you willneed to perform do–it–yourself mainte-nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-signed in metric sizes, so your tools mustbe metric.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

� “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equiva-lentSee page 206 in Section 7–2 for de-tails about engine oil selection.

Tools:

� Rag or paper towel

� Funnel (only for adding oil)

CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL


� “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” orsimilar high quality ethylene glycolbased non–silicate, non–amine, non–ni-trite, and non–borate coolant with long–life hybrid organic acid technology.

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” ispre–mixed with 50% coolant and 50%deionized water.

Tools:

� Funnel (only for adding coolant)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID


� SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3brake fluid

Tools:


� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID


� Toyota P.S fluid EH or equivalent

Tools:


� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION

Tools:

� Warm water

� Baking soda

� Grease

� Conventional wrench (for terminalclamp bolts)

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

� Genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent withsame amperage rating as original

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Parts:

� Water

� Washer fluid containing antifreeze (for winter use)

Tools:

� Funnel

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Parts:

� Bulb with same number and wattagerating as original (See charts in“Replacing light bulbs—” on page 226in Section 7–3.)

Tools:

� Screwdriver

03 07.07


Positioning the jack

SB71008

Front of vehicle

When jacking up your vehicle with thejack, position the jack correctly asshown in the illustration.

Jack position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front—Front crossmemberRear—Rear engine mounting bracket

Support position and

Pantograph jack position . . . . .

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe thefollowing to reduce the possibility ofpersonal injury:

� Follow jacking instructions.

� Do not put any part of your bodyunder the vehicle supported by ajack. Personal injury may occur.

� Do not start or run the engine whileyour vehicle is supported by thejack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parking brakeand put the transmission in reverse.Block the wheel diagonally oppositeto the one being changed if neces-sary.

� Make sure to set the jack properlyin the jack point. Raising the ve-hicle with jack improperly posi-tioned will damage the vehicle ormay allow the vehicle to fall off thejack and cause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by the jackalone; use vehicle support stands.

� Do not raise the vehicle with some-one in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, do notplace any objects on top of or un-derneath the jack.

NOTICE

Make sure to place the jack correctly,or your vehicle may be damaged.

03 07.07


DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEEngine and ChassisChecking the engine oil level 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the engine coolant level 208. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the radiator and condenser 209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking brake fluid 209. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking power steering fluid 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking tire inflation pressure 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing tires 213. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating tires 216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing snow tires and chains 217. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing wheels 218. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum wheel precautions 219. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 7– 2


Checking the engine oil level

SB72010

Low level Full level

Add oil O.K. Too full

With the engine at operating tempera-ture and turned off, check the oil levelon the dipstick.

1. To get a true reading, the vehicleshould be on a level ground. After turn-ing off the engine, wait a few minutesfor the oil to drain back into the bottomof the engine.

2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag underthe end and wipe it clean.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as faras it will go, or the reading will not becorrect.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oillevel while holding a rag under theend.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot ex-haust manifold.

NOTICE

Be careful not to drop the engine oilon the vehicle components.

If the oil level is below or only slightlyabove the low level, add engine oil ofthe same type as already in the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engineoil in small quantities at a time, checkingthe dipstick. We recommend that you usea funnel when adding oil.

The approximate quantity of oil needed tofill between the low level and the full levelon the dipstick is indicated below for ref-erence.

When the level reaches within the correctrange, install the filler cap hand–tight.

Oil quantity, L (qt., lmp. qt.):

1.3 (1.4, 1.1)

NOTICE

� Be careful not to spill the engineoil on the vehicle components.

� Avoid overfilling, or the enginecould be damaged.

� Check the oil level on the dipstickonce again after adding the oil.

ENGINE OIL SELECTION

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is filled inyour Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalentto satisfy the following grade and viscos-ity.

Oil grade:

API grade SL “Energy–Conserving” orILSAC multigrade engine oil.

03 07.07


Recommended viscosity:

SAE 5W–30

OIL008

Outside temperature

SAE 5W–30 is the best choice for goodfuel economy, and good starting in coldweather.

If SAE 5W–30 oil is not available, SAE10W–30 oil may be used. However, itshould be replaced with SAE 5W–30 atthe next oil change.

SOIL13

API service symbol

ILSAC certification mark

Oil identification marks

Either or both API registered marks areadded to some oil containers to helpyou select the oil you should use.

The API Service Symbol is located any-where on the outside of the container.

The top portion of the label shows the oilquality by API (American PetroleumInstitute) designations such as SL. Thecenter portion of the label shows the SAEviscosity grade such as SAE 5W–30.“Energy–Conserving” shown in the lowerportion, indicates that the oil hasfuel–saving capabilities.

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-fication Mark is displayed on the front ofthe container.

03 07.07


Z72109

To ensure excellent lubricationperformance for your engine, “ToyotaGenuine Motor Oil” is available, which hasbeen specifically tested and approved forall Toyota engines.Please contact your Toyota dealer forfurther details about “Toyota GenuineMotor Oil”.

Look at the see–through coolant reser-voir when the engine is cold. The cool-ant level is satisfactory if it is betweenthe “FULL” and “LOW” lines on thereservoir. If the level is low, add thecoolant. (For the coolant type, see“Coolant type selection” described be-low.)

The coolant level in the reservoir will varywith engine temperature. However, if thelevel is on or below the “LOW” line, addcoolant. Bring the level up to the “FULL”line.

If the coolant level drops within a shorttime after replenishing, there may be aleak in the system. Visually check theradiator, hoses, drain cock and waterpump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyotadealer test the cap pressure and checkfor leaks in the cooling system.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do notremove the coolant reservoir cap orair release valve when the engine ishot.

Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damageyour engine cooling system.

Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”or similar high quality ethylene glycolbased non–silicate, non–amine, non–nitrite,and non–borate coolant with long–life hy-brid organic acid technology. (Coolant withlong–life hybrid organic acid technologyconsists of the combination of low phos-phates and organic acids.)

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with 50% coolant and 50% deion-ized water. This coolant provides protec-tion down to about –35°C (–31°F).

NOTICE


03 07.07

Checking the engine coolantlevel


Z72109

Toyota recommends “Toyota Super LongLife Coolant” which has been tested toensure that it will not cause corrosion norresult in malfunction of your enginecoolant system with proper usage. “ToyotaSuper Long Life Coolant” is formulatedwith long–life hybrid organic acidtechnology and has been specificallydesigned to avoid engine cooling systemmalfunction on Toyota vehicles.

Please contact your Toyota dealer forfurther details.

If any of the above parts are extremelydirty or you are not sure of their condi-tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, be care-ful not to touch the radiator or con-denser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiatorand condenser, do not perform thework by yourself.

Checking brake fluid

SB72015

To check the fluid level, simply look atthe see–through reservoir. The levelshould be between the “MAX” and“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to godown slightly as the brake pads wear. Sobe sure to keep the reservoir filled.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, itmay indicate a serious mechanical prob-lem.

03 07.07

Checking the radiator andcondenser


If the level is low, add SAE J1703 orFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to thebrake reservoir.

Remove and replace the reservoir cap byhand. Fill the brake fluid to the dottedline. This brings the fluid to the correctlevel when you put the cap back on.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Onceopened, brake fluid absorbs moisture fromthe air, and excess moisture can cause adangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the r eservoirbecause brake fluid can harm youreyes and damage painted surfaces. Iffluid gets in your eyes, flush youreyes with clean water immediately. Ifyou still feel uncomfortable with youreyes, go to the doctor.

NOTICE

If you spill the fluid, be sure to washit off with water to prevent it fromdamaging the parts or paint.

SB72002

Open

Close

If hot addIf cold add

If hotO.K.

If cold O.K.

Check the fluid level through the reser-voir. If necessary, add Toyota P.S fluidEH or equivalent.

Before checking the power steeringfluid, remove the cover inside thetrunk. (See “Replacing light bulbs” onpage 226 in Section 7–3.)

If the vehicle has been driven around 80km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a littlemore in frigid temperatures), the fluid ishot (60°C—80°C or 140°F—175°F). Youmay also check the level when the fluidis cold (about room temperature,10°C—30°C or 50°F—85°F) if the enginehas not been run for about five hours.

Clean all dirt from outside of the reservoirtank and look at the fluid level. If the fluidis cold, the level should be in the “COLD”range. Similarly, if it is hot, the fluid levelshould be in the “HOT” range. If the levelis at the low side of either range, addToyota P.S fluid EH or equivalent to bringthe level within the range.

To remove the reservoir cap, turn it coun-terclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,turn it clockwise. After replacing the reser-voir cap, visually check the steering boxcase, vane pump and hose connectionsfor leaks or damage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so becareful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-ing could be damaged.

03 07.07

Checking power steering fluid


SB72031

Type A

SB72030

Type B

Keep your tire inflation pressuresat the proper level.The recommended cold tire inflationpressures, tire sizes and the com-bined weight of occupants and cargo(vehicle capacity weight) are de-scribed on page 238 and 242. Theyare also described on the tire andloading information label. Either typeA or B of the tire and loading informa-tion label is affixed on your vehicleas shown.You should check the tire inflationpressures every two weeks, or atleast once a month. And do not forgetthe spare!The following instructions forchecking tire inflation pressureshould be observed:� The pressure s hould be

checked only when the tires arecold. If your vehicle has beenparked for at least 3 hours and hasnot been driven for more than 1.5km or 1 mile since, you will getan accurate cold tire inflation pres-sure reading.

03 07.07

Checking tire inflationpressure


� Always use a tire pressuregauge. The appearance of a tirecan be misleading. Besides, tireinflation pressures that are evenjust a few pounds off can degraderide and handling.

� Do not bleed or reduce tireinflation pressure after driving.It is normal for the tire inflationpressure to be higher after driving.

� Never exceed the vehicle capac-ity weight. The passenger andluggage weight should be locatedso that the vehicle is balanced.

Tire pressure gauge

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTPROCEDURE1. Remove the tire valve cap.2. Press the tip of the tire pressure

gauge to the tire valve.3. Read the pressure using a gradua-

tion of the gauge.4. In case that the tire inflation pres-

sure is not within the prescribedrange, insert the compressed airfrom the valve. In case of applyingtoo much air, press the center ofthe valve and release the air to ad-just.

5. After completing the tire inflationpressure measurement and ad-justment, apply soap water to thevalve and check the leakage.

6. Install the tire valve cap.If the gauge and the air pump are notavailable, have your vehicle checkedby your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to reinstall the tire valvecaps. Without the valve caps, dirtor moisture could get into thevalve core and cause air leakage.If the caps have been lost, havenew ones put on as soon as pos-sible.

Incorrect tire inflation pressure maywaste fuel, reduce the comfort of driv-ing, reduce tire life and make your ve-hicle less safe to drive.If a tire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by your Toyota deal-er.

03 07.07


CAUTION

Keep your tires properly inflated.Otherwise, the following condi-tions may occur and cause an ac-cident resulting in death or seri-ous injuries.Low tire pressure ( underinfla-tion)—� Excessive wear� Uneven wear� Poor handling� Possibility of blowouts from

overheated tire.� Poor sealing of the tire bead� Wheel deformation and/or tire

separation� A greater possibility of tire

damage from road hazards

High tire pressure (overinfla-tion)—� Poor handling� Excessive wear� Uneven wear� A greater possibility of tire

damage from road hazards

Checking and replacing tires

Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRESCheck the tire tread for the treadwear indicators. If the indicatorsshow, replace the tires. The loca-tion of the tread wear indicators isshown by the “TWI” or “ ∆” marks,etc., molded on the sidewall ofeach tire.

03 07.07


The tires on your Toyota have built–intread wear indicators to help youknow when the tires need replace-ment. When the tread depth wears to1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indica-tors will appear. If you can see theindicators in two or more adjacentgrooves, the tire should be replaced.The lower the tread, the higher therisk of skidding.Vehicles equipped with 185/55R15or 215/45R16 tires: Your Toyota hasbeen fitted with specially developedtires which provide exceptional dy-namic performance under generalroad conditions. However your ridingcomfort may worsen a little and roadnoise may increase during driving.You may also notice that your tireswill wear more rapidly and tire gripperformance will be reduced on thesnowy and/or icy roads whencompared to standard tires. Be sureto have snow tires or tire chains onthe snowy and/or icy roads and drivecarefully with the speed appropriatefor road conditions.

NOTICE

Low profile tire like 185/55R15or 215/45R16 may have greaterdamage than usual tires to itstire wheel when receiving im-pact from the road surface.Therefore, pay attention to thefollowings.� Be sure to use with proper

tire pressure. If the tire pres-sure is low, the tire mayhave a greater damage. Fordetailed information abouttire pressure, see page 242 inSection 8.

� Avoid driving onto high,sharp–edged objects and oth-er road hazards. Failure todo so can lead to severe tiredamage.

The effectiveness of snow tires islost if the tread wears down below4 mm (0.16 in.).If you have tire damage such ascuts, splits, cracks deep e nough toexpose the fabric, or bulges indi-cating internal damage, the tireshould be repl aced.If a tire often goes flat or cannot beproperly repaired due to the size orlocation of a cut or other damage, itshould be replaced. If you are notsure, consult with your Toyota dealer.If an air loss occurs while driving, donot continue driving with a deflatedtire. Driving even a short distance candamage a tire beyond repair.Any tires which are over 6 yearsold must be checked by a qualifiedtechnician even if damage is notobvious.Tires deteriorate with age even if theyhave never or seldom been used.

03 07.07


This also applies to the spare tire andtires stored for future use.REPLACING YOUR TIRESWhen replacing a tire, use a tire ofthe same size and construction,and the same or greater maximumload as the originally installedtires. Also, all the tires must be thesame brand and have the sametread patterns.Using any other size or type of tiremay seriously affect handling, ride,speedometer/odometer calibration,ground clearance, and clearance be-tween the body and tires or snowchains.

Check that the maximum load of thereplaced tire is greater than 1/2 of theGross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)of either the front axle or the rearaxle, whichever greater. As for themaximum load of the tire, see the loadlimit at maximum cold tire inflationpressure mentioned on the sidewallof the tire, and as for the Gross AxleWeight Ratings (GAWR), see the Cer-tification Label. For details about thesidewall of the tire and the Certifica-tion Label, see pages 141 and 139.

CAUTION

Observe the following instruc-tions. Otherwise, an accidentmay occur resulting in death orserious injuries.� Do not mix radial, bias belted,

or bias–ply tires on your ve-hicle, as this may cause dan-gerous handling characteris-tics resulting in loss of control.

� Do not use tires other than themanufacturer’s recommendedsize, as this may cause danger-ous handling characteristicsresulting in loss of control.

� Do not use tires of differentbrands, sizes, construction ortread patterns, as this maycause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting inloss of control.

03 07.07


Toyota recommends all four tires,or at least both front or rear tiresbe replaced as a set.See “If you have a flat tire—” on page167 in Section 4 for tire change proce-dure.When a tire is replaced, the wheelshould always be balanced.An unbalanced wheel may affect ve-hicle handling and tire life. Wheelscan get out of balance with regularuse and should therefore be balancedoccasionally.When replacing a tubeless tire, theair valve should also be repl acedwith a new one.

Rotating tires

SB72017Turning direction

Turning direction indicators

SB72019

Do not rotate the tires as the tiresizes are different such as withfront to rear, left to right or usingthe spare tire. Performing such tirerotation may result in the tires in-terfering with the body or in un-even wear of the tires, so thatsteerability of the vehicle is im-paired.Tires with turning direction indicator—The tire is a uni–directional type andcannot be used for tire rotation. Usingthe tire on the opposite side to thedesignated side will impair the tireperformance.The spare tire—The tire is designed for temporary useonly and cannot be used for tire rota-tion.

03 07.07


WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES ORCHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommendedwhen driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tiresprovide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select tires ofthe same size, construction and loadcapacity as the originally installed tires.

Do not use tires other than those men-tioned above. Do not install studded tireswithout first checking local regulations forpossible restrictions.

CAUTION

Observe the following instructions.Otherwise, an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

Do not use snow tires other than themanufacturer’s recommended size, asthis may cause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting in loss ofcontrol.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on allwheels.

Installing snow tires on the rear wheelsonly can lead to an excessive differencein road grip capability between the frontand rear tires which could cause loss ofvehicle control.

When storing removed tires, you shouldstore them in a cool dry place.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sureto install them in the same direction whenreplacing.

CAUTION

� Do not drive with the snow tiresincorrectly inflated.

� Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)with any type of snow tires.

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Use the tire chains which are the cor-rect size for your rear tires.

For 215/45R16 tires, use genuine Toyotatire chains or equivalent for use on theMR2.

Regulations regarding the use of tirechains vary according to location ortype of road, so always check the localregulations before installing chains.

NOTICE

If the wrong combination of tire andchain is used, the chains could dam-age the vehicle body.

� MR2 genuine tire chains(Part No.08325–11020)

03 07.07

Installing snow tires andchains


CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the rear tires astightly as possible. Do not use tirechains on the front tires. Retightenchains after driving 0.5—1.0 km(1/4—1/2 mile).

When installing chains on your tires, care-fully follow the instructions of the chainmanufacturer.

CAUTION

� Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) orthe chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

� Drive carefully avoiding bumps,holes, and sharp turns, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

� Avoid sharp turns or locked–wheelbraking, as use of chains may ad-versely affect vehicle handling.

� When driving with chains installed,be sure to drive carefully. Slowdown before entering curves toavoid losing control of the vehicle.Otherwise an accident may occur.

NOTICE

Do not attempt to use a tire chain onthe compact spare tire, as it may re-sult in damage to the vehicle as wellas the tire.

Replacing wheelsWHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such asbending, cracks or heavy corrosion, thewheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,the tire may slip off the wheel or causeloss of handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should betaken to ensure that the wheels are re-placed by ones with the same load ca-pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are availableat your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type mayadversely affect handling, wheel and bear-ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-eter calibration, stopping ability, headlightaim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-ance, and tire or snow chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not rec-ommended as they may have been sub-jected to rough treatment or high mileageand could fail without warning. Also, bentwheels which have been straightened mayhave structural damage and thereforeshould not be used. Never use an innertube in a leaking wheel which is designedfor a tubeless tire.

03 07.07


CAUTION

Observe the following instructions.Otherwise, an accident may occur re-sulting in death or serious injuries.

Do not use wheels other than themanufacturer’s recommended size, asthis may cause dangerous handlingcharacteristics resulting in loss ofcontrol.

Aluminum wheel precautions� When installing aluminum wheels,

check that the wheel nuts are tightafter driving your vehicle the first1600km (1000 miles).

� If you have repaired or changed yourtires, check that the wheel nuts arestill tight after driving 1600 km (1000miles).

� When using tire chains, be careful notto damage the aluminum wheels.

� Use only the Toyota wheel nuts andwrench designed for your aluminumwheels.

� When balancing your wheels, use onlyToyota balance weights or equivalentand a plastic or rubber hammer.

� As with any wheel, periodically checkyour aluminum wheels for damage. Ifdamaged, replace immediately.

03 07.07


03 07.07


DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEElectrical componentsChecking battery condition 222. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery recharging precautions 223. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing fuses 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding washer fluid 225. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing light bulbs 226. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 7– 3


CAUTION

BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

The battery produces flammable andexplosive hydrogen gas.

� Do not cause a spark from the bat-tery with tools.

� Do not smoke or light a match nearthe battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonousand corrosive sulfuric acid.

� Avoid contact with eyes, skin orclothes.

� Never ingest electrolyte.

� Wear protective safety glasses whenworking near the battery.

� Keep children away from the bat-tery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

� If electrolyte gets in your eyes,flush your eyes with clean waterimmediately and get immediatemedical attention. If possible, con-tinue to apply water with a spongeor cloth while en route to the medi-cal office.

� If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contact area. Ifyou feel pain or burning, get medi-cal attention immediately.

� If electrolyte gets on your clothes,there is a possibility of its soakingthrough to your skin, so immediate-ly take off the exposed clothing andfollow the procedure above, if nec-essary.

� If you accidentally swallow electro-lyte, drink a large quantity of wateror milk. Follow with milk of magne-sia, beaten raw egg or vegetableoil. Then go immediately for emer-gency help.


—Checking battery exterior

SB73076

TerminalsGroundcable

Hold–down clamp

Check the battery for corroded or looseterminal connections, cracks, or loosehold–down clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it offwith a solution of warm water and bak-ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-nals with grease to prevent further cor-rosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose,tighten their clamp nuts—but do notovertighten.

c. Tighten the hold–down clamp onlyenough to keep the battery firmly inplace. Overtightening may damage thebattery case.

03 07.07

Checking battery c ondition——Precautions


NOTICE

� Be sure the engine and all accesso-ries are off before performing main-tenance.

� When checking the battery, removethe ground cable from the negativeterminal (“–” mark) first and rein-stall it last.

� Be careful not to cause a short cir-cuit with tools.

� Take care no solution gets into thebattery when washing it.

—Checking battery c ondition

Z73001

Type A

Type B

Green DarkClear orlight yellow

Blue White Red

CHECKING BY INDICATOR

Check the battery condition by the indi-cator color.

Indicator colorCondition

Type A Type BCondition

Green Blue Good

Dark White

Charging necessary. Havebattery checkedby your Toyotadealer.

Clear orlight

yellowRed

Have batterychecked by yourToyota dealer.

Battery recharging precautionsDuring recharging, the battery is pro-ducing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installedon the vehicle, be sure to disconnectthe ground cable.

2. Be sure the power switch on the re-charger is off when connecting thecharger cables to the battery and whendisconnecting them.

CAUTION

� Always charge the battery in an un-confined area. Do not charge thebattery in a garage or closed roomwhere there is not sufficient ventila-tion.

� Only do a slow charge (5 A orless). Charging at a quicker rate isdangerous. The battery may explodecausing personal injuries.

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery while theengine is running. Also, be sure allaccessories are turned off.

03 07.07


Checking and replacing fuses

SB73035

Good Blown

Type A

SB73036

Good Blown

Type B

SB73037

Good Blown

Type C

SB73066

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work, check thefuses. If any of the fuses are blown,they must be replaced.

See “Fuse locations” on page 200 in Sec-tion 7–1 for locations of the fuses.

Turn the ignition switch and inoperativecomponent off. Pull a suspected fusestraight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing theproblem. The lid of the fuse box showsthe name of the circuit for each fuse. Seepage 243 in Section 8 of this manual forthe functions controlled by each circuit.

Type A fuses can be pulled out by thepull–out tool. The location of the pull–outtool is shown in the illustration.

03 07.07


If you are not sure whether the fuse hasblown, try replacing the suspected fusewith one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuseinto the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-ing designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in anemergency you can pull out the “D P/W”,“P P/W” or “CIG” fuse, which may bedispensable for normal driving, and use itif its amperage rating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amper-age, use one that is lower, but as closeas possible to the rating. If the amperageis lower than that specified, the fusemight blow out again but this does notindicate anything wrong. Be sure to getthe correct fuse as soon as possible andreturn the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set ofspare fuses and keep them in your ve-hicle for emergencies.

If the new fuse immediately blows out,there is a problem with the electrical sys-tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it assoon as possible.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher am-perage rating, or any other object, inplace of a fuse. This may cause ex-tensive damage and possibly a fire.

Adding washer fluid

SB73003

If any washer does not work, the wash-er tank may be empty. Check the wash-er fluid level on the level gauge. If thewasher fluid level is below “LOW”, addwasher fluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.However, in cold areas where tempera-tures range below freezing point, usewasher fluid containing antifreeze. Thisproduct is available at your Toyota dealerand most auto parts stores. Follow themanufacturer’s directions for how much tomix with water.

03 07.07


NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

Replacing light bulbs—The following illustrations show how togain access to the bulbs. When replacinga bulb, make sure the ignition switch andlight switch are off. Use bulbs with thewattage ratings given in the table.

CAUTION

� To prevent burning yourself, do notreplace the light bulbs while theyare hot.

� Halogen bulbs have pressurized gasinside and require special handling.They can burst or shatter ifscratched or dropped. Hold a bulbonly by its plastic or metal case.Do not touch the glass part of abulb with bare hands.

NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

The inside of the lens of exterior lightssuch as headlights may temporarily fog upwhen the lens becomes wet in the rain orin a car wash. This is not a problembecause the fogging is caused by thetemperature difference between the outsideand inside of the lens, just like the wind-shield fogged up in the rain. However, ifthere is large drop of water on the insideof the lens, or if there is water pooledinside the light, contact your Toyota deal-er.

03 07.07


Light bulbs BulbNo.

W Type

Headlights(Low beam)

— 55 C

Headlights(Hi beam)

— 60 B

Front fog lights — 51 A

Parking lights — 5 E

Front turn signallights

— 21 D

Front side markerlights

— 3.8 E

Rear turn signallights

— 21 D

Stop/tail lights — 21/5 E

Stop lights — 21 E

Back–up lights — 21 E

License plate lights — 5 E

Interior light — 8 F

High mounted stoplight

— 5 E

A: HB4 halogen bulbsB: HB3 halogen bulbsC: H7 halogen bulbsD: Wedge base bulbs (amber)E: Wedge base bulbs (clear)F: Double end bulbs

BEFORE REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Replacing headlights, parking lights andfront turn signal lights.

SB73070a

1. Remove the front box cover.

03 07.07


SC73006b

2. Remove the cover in the trunk.

Remove and install the cover clips asshown in the following illustrations.

SC18005

Removing clips

SC18006

Installing clips

—Headlights (low beam)

SB73043a

1. Unplug the connector. Remove therubber cover.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

03 07.07


SB73044a

2. Release the bulb retaining springand remove the bulb. Install a newbulb and the bulb retaining spring.

To install a bulb, align the tabs of thebulb with the cutouts of the mountinghole.

SB73075a

3. Install the rubber cover as shownand fit it securely on the boss. Plugin the connector.

Make sure the rubber cover fits securelyon the connector and the headlight body.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

—Headlights (high beam)

SB73077

1. Unplug the connector while depress-ing the lock release.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

03 07.07


SB73078

2. Turn the bulb and remove it.

SB73079

3. Install a new bulb and the connectorinto the mounting hole.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

—Front fog lightsIf either the left or right front fog lightsburns out, contact your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

Do not try to replace the front foglight bulbs by yourself. You may dam-age the vehicle.

03 07.07


—Parking lights

SD73005a

SD73006a

—Front turn signal lights

SD73007a

SD73008a

—Front side marker lights

SB73071a

Phillips–head screw: Use a phillips–headscrewdriver.

03 07.07


SB73072a

SB73073a

SB73074a SD73009

03 07.07

—Rear turn signal, stop/tail,stop and back–up lights


SD73010a

a: Back–up lightb: Rear turn signal light c: Stop/tail lightd: Stop light

CAUTION

Be careful when you work in the areaaround the engine after driving in or-der to prevent burning yourself. Theengine hood, the support rod, or sur-rounding area could be hot after driv-ing.

—License plate lights

SB73021

SB73022

SB73023

03 07.07


—High mounted stop light

SB73062

SB73052

SB73060

SB73057

SB73058

SB73059

03 07.07


CAUTION

Be careful when you work in the areaaround the engine after driving in or-der to prevent burning yourself. Theengine hood, the support rod, or sur-rounding area could be hot after driv-ing.

03 07.07


03 07.07


SPECIFICATIONSSpecificationsDimensions and weight 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service specifications 239. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tires 242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuses 243. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 8


Dimensions and weightOverall length mm (in.) 3885 (153.0)

Overall width mm (in.) 1695 (66.7)

Overall height mm (in.) 1240 (48.8)∗

Wheelbase mm (in.) 2450 (96.5)

Front tread mm (in.) 1475 (58.1)

Rear tread mm (in.) 1460 (57.5)

Vehicle capacity weight(occupants + luggage)

kg (lb.) 193 (425)∗: Unladen vehicle

EngineModel:

1ZZ–FE

Type: 4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.): 79.0 � 91.5 (3.11 � 3.60)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):1794 (109.5)

FuelFuel type:

Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) or higher

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):48 (12.7, 10.6)

03 07.07


Service specificationsENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):

Intake 0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)Exhaust 0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)

Spark plug type:DENSO SK16R11NGK IFR5A11

Spark plug gap, mm (in.):1.1 (0.043)

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp. qt.):

With filter 3.7 (3.9, 3.3)Without filter 3.5 (3.7, 3.1)

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is filled inyour Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalentto satisfy the following grade and viscos-ity.

Oil grade:

API grade SL “Energy–Conserving” orILSAC multigrade engine oil.

Recommended oil viscosity:

SAE 5W–30

OIL008

Outside temperature

Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther details.

03 07.07


COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

10.4 (11.0, 9.2)

Coolant type:

“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” isfilled in your Toyota vehicle at factoryfill. In order to avoid technical problems,only use “Toyota Super Long LifeCoolant” or similar high quality ethyleneglycol based non–silicate, non–amine,non–nitrite, and non–borate coolant withlong–life hybrid organic acid technology.


Please contact your Toyota dealer forfurther details.

BATTERY

Open voltage∗ at 20°C (68°F):

12.6—12.8 V Fully charged12.2—12.4 V Half charged11.8—12.0 V Discharged

∗: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes af-ter the key is removed with all the lightsturned off

Charging rates:5 A max.

CLUTCH (manual transmission only)

Pedal free play, mm (in.):5—15 (0.2—0.6)

Fluid type:SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

MANUAL TRANSAXLE

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):Vehicle with limited–slip differential

1.8 (1.9, 1.6)Vehicle without limited–slip differential

1.9 (2.0, 1.7)

Oil type: Gear oil API GL–4 or GL–5

Recommended oil viscosity:SAE 75W–90

SEQUENTIAL MANUAL TRANSAXLE

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):Vehicle with limited–slip differential

2.1 (2.2, 1.8)Vehicle without limited–slip differential

2.3 (2.4, 2.0)

Oil type: Gear oil API GL–4 or GL–5

Recommended oil viscosity:SAE 75W–90

SEQUENTIAL MANUAL TRANSMISSIONSYSTEM

Fluid type:Sequential M/T Fluid or equivalent

NOTICE: Using Fluid other than ToyotaGenuine Sequential M/T Fluid maycause deterioration in shift performanceand durability, and ultimately damagethe sequential manual transmission ofyour vehicle.

03 07.07


BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressedwith the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)with the engine running, mm (in.):

85 (3.4)

Pedal free play, mm (in.): 1—6 (0.04—0.24)

Pad wear limit, mm (in.): 1.0 (0.04)

Parking brake adjustment when pulled withthe force of 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf):

5—8 clicks

Fluid type: SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play: Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

Power steering fluid type: Toyota P.S fluid EH or equivalent

03 07.07


TiresTire size and cold tire inflation pressure:Except spare tire

Tire size Tire inflation pressure2 Wheel sizeTire size Tire inflation ressure

kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi) Wheel size

Front 185/55R15 81V 180 (1.8, 26) 15 � 6JJ

Rear 215/45R16 86W 220 (2.2, 32) 16 � 7JJ

Spare tire

Tire size Tire inflation pressure kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi) Wheel size

185/55R15 81V 180 (1.8, 26) 15 � 6JJ

Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·Ibf):103 (10.5, 76)

NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels), see “Checking tire inflation pres-sure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions”, page 211 through 219 in Section 7–2.

03 07.07


Fuses

SB73067

Trunk room

Fuses (type A)

1. 30 A: Spare fuse

2. 15 A: Spare fuse

3. 20 A: Spare fuse

4. RDI FAN 30 A: Electric cooling fans

5. ABS1 30 A: Anti–lock brake system

6. CDS FAN 30 A: Electric cooling fans

7. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: Left–hand head-light (high beam)

8. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: Right–handheadlight (high beam)

9. WASHER 10 A: Windshield wiper andwasher

SB73025a

Trunk room

10. HTR 10 A: Air conditioning system

11. WIPER 20 A: Windshield wiper andwasher

12. ECU–IG 7.5 A: Power Steering system,anti–lock brake system

13. FAN–IG 7.5 A: Electric cooling fans

14. TURN 7.5 A: Turn signal lights, emer-gency flashers

15. GAUGE 7.5 A: Power window system,gauges and meters, back–up lights,charging system, rear window defoggersystem

16. SRS 7.5 A: SRS airbag system

SB73026b

Instrument panel

17. DEF 25 A: Rear window defogger sys-tem

18. OBD 7.5 A: On–board diagnosis sys-tem

19. AM1 7.5 A: “GAUGE” “ACC” “TURN”“ECU–IG” “WIPER” “WASHER” “SRS”“HTR 10A” “FAN–IG” fuses

20. ACC 25 A: “RADIO2” “CIG” fuses

21. DOOR 15 A: Power door lock system

22. FR FOG 15A: Front fog light

23. STOP 15 A: Stop lights, high mountedstop light, sequential manual transmis-sion system

03 07.07


SB73068a

Engine compartment

24. TAIL1 20 A: “TAIL2” “PANEL” fuses

25. D P/W 20 A: Power window system

26. P P/W 20 A: Power window system

27. RADIO1 15 A: Power antenna, radio

28. DOME 10 A: Clock

29. ECU–B 10 A: Daytime running lightsystem, gauges and meters

30. TAIL2 10 A: Taillights, parking lights,license plate lights, gauges and meters

31. PANEL 7.5 A: Clock, illuminations

32. RADIO2 7.5 A: Gauges and meters,outside rear view mirror system, clock

33. CIG 15 A: Cigarette lighter

34. I/UP 7.5 A: Engine idle up system

35. ALT–S 7.5 A: Charging system

36. ECU–B1 25 A: “ECU–B” “DOME” fuses

37. SMT–B 10A: Sequential manual trans-mission system

38. HORN 10 A: Horn

39. HAZ 15 A: Turn signal lights, emergen-cy flashers

40. AM2 15 A: Starter system, multiportfuel injection system/sequential multi-port fuel injection system, SRS airbagsystem

41. IG2 15 A: Ignition system, multiportfuel injection system/sequential multi-port fuel injection system

42. EFI1 15 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem, engine immobilizer system

43. ETCS 15A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem

44. HPU 30A: Sequential manual transmis-sion system

45. HEAD RH LWR 10A: Right–hand head-light (low beam)

46. HEAD LH LWR 10A: Left–hand head-light (low beam)

47. EFI2 7.5 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem

48. ST 7.5 A: Starter system

49. SMT–IG 10A: Sequential manual trans-mission system

50. DRL NO.1 7.5 A: Daytime running lightsystem

Fuses (type B)

51. ABS2 50 A: Anti–lock brake system

52. EHPS 50 A: Power steering system

53. MAIN 40 A: Starter system, “DRLNO.1” “HEAD LH LWR” “HEAD RHLWR” fuses

54. HTR 40 A: Air conditioning system

Fuses (type C)

55. ALT 100 A: “AM1” “D P/W” “P P/W”“DOOR” “STOP” “EHPS” “DEF” “TAIL1”“OBD” “HTR 40A” fuses

03 07.07


REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.OWNERSReporting safety defects for U.S. ownersReporting safety defects for U.S. owners 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

03 07.07

SECTION 9


If you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediately in-form the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll–free: 1–800–331–4331).

If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of ve-hicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may ei-ther call the Auto Safety Hotlinetoll–free at 1–800–424–9393 (or366–0123 in Washington, D.C.area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.Department of Transportation,Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from the Hot-line.

03 07.07

Reporting safety defects forU.S. owners


03 07.07

You should know as much about the quality and

importance of proper maintenance of your new

vehicle as the people who built it.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual

tells you how to maintain your vehicle and

enables you to correctly perform your own

maintenance.

The best way to keep your new vehicle in toprunning order is to maintain it properly fromthe moment you drive it off the showroomfloor.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual ispacked with literally everything you need toknow to perform your own maintenance invirtually every area of your new vehicle.


03 07.07

Where to obtain the

Repair Manual

The repair manual for MR2, written in English,

may be purchased as applicable from any Toyota

dealer.

Pub. Name: 2003 MR2 Repair ManualPub. No.: RM967U1

RM967U2

Maintenance procedures for the engine,

chassis, body, electrical system, and more,

are clearly explained and illustrated.

Periodic maintenance and tune−up

Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to pre�vent small problems from growing into larger ones lat�er on. The repair manual outlines exactly what main�tenance is required and clearly explains how to do thework yourself step−by−step.

Areas covered include such things as spark plug re�placement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oiland filter replacement.

foreword - just give me the damn manual · the srs airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in...

Documents